ML15007A183: Difference between revisions
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (Created page by program invented by StriderTol) |
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (Created page by program invented by StriderTol) |
||
(4 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown) | |||
Line 3: | Line 3: | ||
| issue date = 04/23/2015 | | issue date = 04/23/2015 | ||
| title = Issuance of Amendment License Amendment Request to Adopt TSTF-423 Technical Specifications End States, NEDC-32988-A | | title = Issuance of Amendment License Amendment Request to Adopt TSTF-423 Technical Specifications End States, NEDC-32988-A | ||
| author name = Wang A | | author name = Wang A | ||
| author affiliation = NRC/NRR/DORL/LPLIV-2 | | author affiliation = NRC/NRR/DORL/LPLIV-2 | ||
| addressee name = | | addressee name = | ||
Line 9: | Line 9: | ||
| docket = 05000416 | | docket = 05000416 | ||
| license number = NPF-029 | | license number = NPF-029 | ||
| contact person = Wang A | | contact person = Wang A | ||
| case reference number = TAC MF3175 | | case reference number = TAC MF3175 | ||
| document type = Letter | | document type = Letter | ||
Line 18: | Line 18: | ||
=Text= | =Text= | ||
{{#Wiki_filter:Vice President, Operations Entergy Operations, Inc. Grand Gulf Nuclear Station P.O. Box 756 Port Gibson, MS 39150 | {{#Wiki_filter:UNITED STATES NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20555-0001 April 23, 2015 Vice President, Operations Entergy Operations, Inc. | ||
Grand Gulf Nuclear Station P.O. Box 756 Port Gibson, MS 39150 | |||
==SUBJECT:== | ==SUBJECT:== | ||
GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION, UNIT 1 -ISSUANCE OF AMENDMENT RE: ADOPTION OF TSTF-423, REVISION 1, "TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS END STATES, NEDC-32988-A" (TAC NO. MF3175) | GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION, UNIT 1 - ISSUANCE OF AMENDMENT RE: ADOPTION OF TSTF-423, REVISION 1, "TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS END STATES, NEDC-32988-A" (TAC NO. MF3175) | ||
==Dear Sir or Madam:== | ==Dear Sir or Madam:== | ||
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) has issued the enclosed Amendment No. 201 to Facility Operating License No. NPF-29 for the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, Unit 1. This amendment consists of changes to the Technical Specifications (TSs) in response to your application dated November 8, 2013, as supplemented by letters dated September 29, November 13, and November 19, 2014; and January 20, and January 27, 2015. The amendment revises the TSs to risk-inform requirements regarding selected Required Action end states. The NRC has concluded that the changes are consistent with the NRG-approved Technical Specification Task Force (TSTF} change traveler TSTF-423, Revision 1, "Technical Specifications End States, NEDC-32988-A," dated December 22, 2009, as part of the consolidated line item improvement process. In addition, it approves a change to the facility operating license for the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, Unit 1. The change adds a new license condition for maintaining commitments. A copy of our related Safety Evaluation is also enclosed. | |||
The Notice of Issuance will be included in the Commission's next biweekly Federal Register notice. Docket No. 50-416 | The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) has issued the enclosed Amendment No. 201 to Facility Operating License No. NPF-29 for the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, Unit 1. | ||
This amendment consists of changes to the Technical Specifications (TSs) in response to your application dated November 8, 2013, as supplemented by letters dated September 29, November 13, and November 19, 2014; and January 20, and January 27, 2015. | |||
The amendment revises the TSs to risk-inform requirements regarding selected Required Action end states. The NRC has concluded that the changes are consistent with the NRG-approved Technical Specification Task Force (TSTF} change traveler TSTF-423, Revision 1, "Technical Specifications End States, NEDC-32988-A," dated December 22, 2009, as part of the consolidated line item improvement process. In addition, it approves a change to the facility operating license for the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, Unit 1. The change adds a new license condition for maintaining commitments. | |||
A copy of our related Safety Evaluation is also enclosed. The Notice of Issuance will be included in the Commission's next biweekly Federal Register notice. | |||
Sincerely, Alan B. Wang, Project nager Plant Licensing IV-2 an Decommissioning Transition Branch Division of Operating Reactor Licensing Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation Docket No. 50-416 | |||
==Enclosures:== | ==Enclosures:== | ||
: 1. Amendment No. 201 to NPF-29 2. Safety Evaluation cc w/encls: Distribution via Listserv | : 1. Amendment No. 201 to NPF-29 | ||
INC. SYSTEM ENERGY RESOURCES. | : 2. Safety Evaluation cc w/encls: Distribution via Listserv | ||
INC. SOUTH MISSISSIPPI ELECTRIC POWER ASSOCIATION ENTERGY MISSISSIPPI, INC. DOCKET NO. 50-416 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION, UNIT 1 AMENDMENT TO FACILITY | |||
Enclosure 1 | UNITED STATES NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20555-0001 ENTERGY OPERATIONS. INC. | ||
This condition applies to the following TSTFs as approved. | SYSTEM ENERGY RESOURCES. INC. | ||
TSTF-423 Changes to the commitments can be made in accordance with 10 CFR 50.59 process. 3. This license amendment is effective as of its date of issuance and shall be implemented within 60 days from the date of issuance. | SOUTH MISSISSIPPI ELECTRIC POWER ASSOCIATION ENTERGY MISSISSIPPI, INC. | ||
DOCKET NO. 50-416 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION, UNIT 1 AMENDMENT TO FACILITY OPERATING LICENSE Amendment No. 201 License No. NPF-29 | |||
: 1. The Nuclear Regulatory Commission (the Commission) has found that: | |||
A. The application for amendment by Entergy Operations, Inc. (the licensee), dated November 8, 2013, as supplemented by letters dated September 29, November 13, and November 19, 2014; and January 20 and January 27, 2015, complies with the standards and requirements of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (the Act), and the Commission's rules and regulations set forth in 10 CFR Chapter I; B. The facility will operate in conformity with the application, the provisions of the Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission; C. There is reasonable assurance (i) that the activities authorized by this amendment can be conducted without endangering the health and safety of the public, and (ii) that such activities will be conducted in compliance with the Commission's regulations; D. The issuance of this amendment will not be inimical to the common defense and security or to the health and safety of the public; and E. The issuance of this amendment is in accordance with 10 CFR Part 51 of the Commission's regulations and all applicable requirements have been satisfied. | |||
Enclosure 1 | |||
: 2. Accordingly, the license is amended by changes to the Technical Specifications as indicated in the attachment to this license amendment, and Paragraph 2.C.(2) of Facility Operating License No. NPF-29 is hereby amended to read as follows: | |||
(2) Technical Specifications The Technical Specifications contained in Appendix A and the Environmental Protection Plan contained in Appendix B, as revised through Amendment No. 201 are hereby incorporated in the license. Entergy Operations, Inc. shall operate the facility in accordance with the Technical Specifications and the Environmental Protection Plan. | |||
The license is further amended by changes indicated in the attachment to this license amendment, and Paragraph 2.C.(47) of Facility Operating License No. | |||
NPF-47 is hereby amended to read as follows: | |||
(47) Commitments Required by Standard TSTF Safety Evaluations Commitments made as required by standard TSTF Safety Evaluation, as discussed in the notice of availability, will be maintained as described in UFSAR Section 16, Technical Specifications. This condition applies to the following TSTFs as approved. | |||
TSTF-423 Changes to the commitments can be made in accordance with 10 CFR 50.59 process. | |||
: 3. This license amendment is effective as of its date of issuance and shall be implemented within 60 days from the date of issuance. | |||
FOR THE NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION Meena K. Khanna, Chief Plant Licensing IV-2 and Decommissioning Transition Branch Division of Operating Reactor Licensing Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation | |||
==Attachment:== | ==Attachment:== | ||
Changes to the Facility Operating License No. NPF-29 and the Technical Specifications | Changes to the Facility Operating License No. NPF-29 and the Technical Specifications Date of Issuance: An r i 1 2 3 , ! O i S | ||
An r i 1 2 3 , ! O i S ATTACHMENT TO LICENSE AMENDMENT NO. 201 FACILITY OPERATING LICENSE NO. NPF-29 DOCKET NO. 50-416 Replace the following pages of the Facility Operating License No. NPF-29 and the Appendix A, Technical Specifications with the attached revised pages. The revised pages are identified by amendment number and contain marginal lines indicating the areas of change. Facility Operating License Remove 4 16f | |||
C. The license shall be deemed to contain and is subject to the conditions specified in the Commission's regulations set forth in 10 CFR Chapter I and is subject to all applicable provisions of the Act and to the rules, regulations, and orders of the Commission now or hereafter in effect; and is subject to the additional conditions specified or incorporated below: (1) Maximum Power Level Entergy Operations, Inc. is authorized to operate the facility at reactor core power levels not in excess of 4408 megawatts thermal ( 100 percent power) in accordance with the conditions specified herein. (2) Technical Specifications The Technical Specifications contained in Appendix A and the Environmental Protection Plan contained in Appendix B, as revised through Amendment No. 201 are hereby incorporated into this license. Entergy Operations, Inc. shall operate the facility in accordance with the Technical Specifications and the Environmental Protection Plan. During Cycle 19, GGNS will conduct monitoring of the Oscillation Power Range Monitor (OPRM). During this time, the OPRM Upscale function (Function 2.f of Technical Specification Table 3.3.1.1-1) will be disabled and operated in an "indicate only" mode and technical specification requirements will not apply to this function. | ATTACHMENT TO LICENSE AMENDMENT NO. 201 FACILITY OPERATING LICENSE NO. NPF-29 DOCKET NO. 50-416 Replace the following pages of the Facility Operating License No. NPF-29 and the Appendix A, Technical Specifications with the attached revised pages. The revised pages are identified by amendment number and contain marginal lines indicating the areas of change. | ||
During such time, Backup Stability Protection measures will be implemented via GGNS procedures to provide an alternate method to detect and suppress reactor core thermal hydraulic instability oscillations. | Facility Operating License Remove 4 4 16f 16f Technical Specifications Remove Insert 3.3-80 3.3-80 3.5-2 3.5-2 3.5-3 3.5-3 3.6-20 3.6-20 3.6-22 3.6-22 3.6-24 3.6-24 3.6-25 3.6-25 3.6-31 3.6-31 3.6-42 3.6-42 3.6-49 3.6-49 3.6-50 3.6-50 3.6-65 3.6-65 3.6-66 3.6-66 3.7-3 3.7-3 3.7-7 3.7-7 3.7-8 3.7-8 3.7-9 3.7-9 3.7-12 3.7-12 3.8-4 3.8-4 3.8-27 3.8-27 3.8-39 3.8-39 | ||
Once monitoring has been successfully completed, the OPRM Upscale function will be enabled and technical specification requirements will be applied to the function; no further operating with this function in an "indicate only" mode will be conducted. | |||
4 Amendment No. 201 (h) This license condition shall expire upon satisfaction of the requirements in paragraph (f) provided that a visual inspection of the steam dryer does not reveal any new unacceptable flaw or unacceptable flaw growth that is caused by fatigue. (47) Commitments made as required by standard TSTF safety evaluation, as discussed in the notice of availability, will be maintained as described in UFSAR Section 16, Technical Specifications. | (b) SERI is required to notify the NRC in writing prior to any change in (i) the terms or conditions of any new or existing sale or lease agreements executed as part of the above authorized financial transactions, (ii) the GGNS Unit 1 operating agreement, (iii) the existing property insurance coverage for GGNS Unit 1 that would materially alter the representations and conditions set forth in the Staff's Safety Evaluation Report dated December 19, 1988 attached to Amendment No. 54. In addition, SERI is required to notify the NRC of any action by a lessor or other successor in interest to SERI that may have an effect on the operation of the facility. | ||
This condition applies to the following TSTFs as approved. | C. The license shall be deemed to contain and is subject to the conditions specified in the Commission's regulations set forth in 10 CFR Chapter I and is subject to all applicable provisions of the Act and to the rules, regulations, and orders of the Commission now or hereafter in effect; and is subject to the additional conditions specified or incorporated below: | ||
TSTF-423 Changes to the commitments can be made in accordance with 10 CFR 50.59. D. The facility required exemptions from certain requirements of Appendices A and J to 10 CFR Part 50 and from certain requirements of 10 CFR Part 100. These include: (a) exemption from General Design Criterion 17 of Appendix A until startup following the first refueling outage, for (1) the emergency override of the test mode for the Division 3 diesel engine, (2) the second level undervoltage protection for the Division 3 diesel engine, and (3) the generator ground over current trip function for the Division 1 and 2 diesel generators (Section 8.3.1 of SSER #7) and (b) exemption from the requirements of Paragraph lll.D.2(b)(ii) of Appendix J for the containment airlock testing following normal door opening when containment integrity is not required (Section 6.2.6 of SSER #7). These exemptions are authorized by law and will not endanger life or property or the common defense and security and are otherwise in the public interest. | (1) Maximum Power Level Entergy Operations, Inc. is authorized to operate the facility at reactor core power levels not in excess of 4408 megawatts thermal ( 100 percent power) in accordance with the conditions specified herein. | ||
In addition, by exemption dated December 20, 1986, the Commission exempted licensees from 10 CFR 100.11(a)(1 | (2) Technical Specifications The Technical Specifications contained in Appendix A and the Environmental Protection Plan contained in Appendix B, as revised through Amendment No. 201 are hereby incorporated into this license. | ||
), insofar as it incorporates the definition of exclusion area in | Entergy Operations, Inc. shall operate the facility in accordance with the Technical Specifications and the Environmental Protection Plan. | ||
This exemption is authorized by law, and will not present an undue risk to the public health and safety, and is consistent with the common defense and security. | During Cycle 19, GGNS will conduct monitoring of the Oscillation Power Range Monitor (OPRM). During this time, the OPRM Upscale function (Function 2.f of Technical Specification Table 3.3.1.1-1) will be disabled and operated in an "indicate only" mode and technical specification requirements will not apply to this function. During such time, Backup Stability Protection measures will be implemented via GGNS procedures to provide an alternate method to detect and suppress reactor core thermal hydraulic instability oscillations. Once monitoring has been successfully completed, the OPRM Upscale function will be enabled and technical specification requirements will be applied to the function; no further operating with this function in an "indicate only" mode will be conducted. | ||
In addition, special circumstances have been found justifying the exemption. | 4 Amendment No. 201 | ||
Therefore, these exemptions are hereby granted pursuant to 10 CFR 50.12 with the granting of these exemptions, the facility will operate, to the extent authorized herein, in conformity with the application, as amended, the provisions of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission. | |||
E. The licensee shall fully implement and maintain in effect all provision of the Commission-approved physical security, training and qualification, and safeguards contingency plans including amendments made pursuant to provisions of the Miscellaneous Amendments and Search Requirements revisions to 10 CFR 73.55 (51 FR 27817 and 27822) and to the authority of 10 CFR 50.90 and 10 CFR 50.54(p). | (h) This license condition shall expire upon satisfaction of the requirements in paragraph (f) provided that a visual inspection of the steam dryer does not reveal any new unacceptable flaw or unacceptable flaw growth that is caused by fatigue. | ||
The plans, which contain Safeguards Information protected under 10 CFR 73.21, are entitled: "Physical Security, Safeguards Contingency and Training and Qualification Plan," and were submitted to the NRC on May 18, 2006. The licensee shall fully implement and maintain in effect all provisions of the Commission-approved cyber security plan (CSP), including changes made pursuant to the authority of 10 CFR 50.90 and 10 CFR 50.54(p). | (47) Commitments made as required by standard TSTF safety evaluation, as discussed in the notice of availability, will be maintained as described in UFSAR Section 16, Technical Specifications. This condition applies to the following TSTFs as approved. | ||
The licensee's CSP was approved by License Amendment No. 186 as supplemented by a change approved by License Amendment Nos. 192 and 200. 16f Amendment No. 170, 178, 186, 191, 192, 201 | TSTF-423 Changes to the commitments can be made in accordance with 10 CFR 50.59. | ||
D. The facility required exemptions from certain requirements of Appendices A and J to 10 CFR Part 50 and from certain requirements of 10 CFR Part 100. These include: (a) exemption from General Design Criterion 17 of Appendix A until startup following the first refueling outage, for (1) the emergency override of the test mode for the Division 3 diesel engine, (2) the second level undervoltage protection for the Division 3 diesel engine, and (3) the generator ground over current trip function for the Division 1 and 2 diesel generators (Section 8.3.1 of SSER #7) and (b) exemption from the requirements of Paragraph lll.D.2(b)(ii) of Appendix J for the containment airlock testing following normal door opening when containment integrity is not required (Section 6.2.6 of SSER #7). These exemptions are authorized by law and will not endanger life or property or the common defense and security and are otherwise in the public interest. In addition, by exemption dated December 20, 1986, the Commission exempted licensees from 10 CFR 100.11(a)(1 ), insofar as it incorporates the definition of exclusion area in 10 CFR 100.3(a), until April 30, 1987 regarding demonstration of authority to control all activities within the exclusion area (safety evaluation accompanying Amendment No. 27 to License (NPF-29). This exemption is authorized by law, and will not present an undue risk to the public health and safety, and is consistent with the common defense and security. In addition, special circumstances have been found justifying the exemption. Therefore, these exemptions are hereby granted pursuant to 10 CFR 50.12 with the granting of these exemptions, the facility will operate, to the extent authorized herein, in conformity with the application, as amended, the provisions of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission. | |||
E. The licensee shall fully implement and maintain in effect all provision of the Commission-approved physical security, training and qualification, and safeguards contingency plans including amendments made pursuant to provisions of the Miscellaneous Amendments and Search Requirements revisions to 10 CFR 73.55 (51 FR 27817 and 27822) and to the authority of 10 CFR 50.90 and 10 CFR 50.54(p). The plans, which contain Safeguards Information protected under 10 CFR 73.21, are entitled: "Physical Security, Safeguards Contingency and Training and Qualification Plan," and were submitted to the NRC on May 18, 2006. | |||
The licensee shall fully implement and maintain in effect all provisions of the Commission-approved cyber security plan (CSP), including changes made pursuant to the authority of 10 CFR 50.90 and 10 CFR 50.54(p). The licensee's CSP was approved by License Amendment No. 186 as supplemented by a change approved by License Amendment Nos. 192 and 200. | |||
16f Amendment No. 170, 178, 186, 191, 192, | |||
~' 201 | |||
RPS Electric Power Monitoring | |||
: 3. 3. 8. 2 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION 3.3.8.2 Reactor Protection System (RPS) Electric Power Monitoring LCO 3.3.8.2 Two RPS electric power monitoring assemblies shall be OPERABLE for each inservice RPS motor generator set or alternate power supply. | |||
APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3, MODES 4 and 5 with any control rod withdrawn from a core cell containing one or more fuel assemblies. | |||
ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or both inservice A.1 Remove associated 72 hours power supplies with inservice power one electric power supply(s) from monitoring assembly service. | |||
inoperable. | |||
B. One or both inservice B.1 Remove associated 1 hour power supplies with inservice power both electric power supply(s) from monitoring assemblies service. | |||
inoperable. | |||
: c. Required Action and C.1 -------Note-------- | |||
associated Completion LCO 3.0.4.a is not Time of Condition A applicable when or B not met in entering MODE 3. | |||
MODE 1, 2, or 3. ------------------- | |||
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours (continued) | |||
GRAND GULF 3.3-80 Amendment No. ~ 201 | |||
ECCS-Operating | |||
: 3. 5 .1 ACTIONS (continued) | |||
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME | |||
: c. Two ECCS injection C.1 Restore one ECCS 72 hours subsystems inoperable. injection/spray subsystem to OPERABLE | |||
-OR status. | |||
One ECCS injection and one ECCS spray subsystem inoperable. | |||
D. Required Action and D.1 -------NOTE-------- | |||
associated Completion LCO 3. 0. 4. a is not Time of Condition A, applicable when B, or c not met. entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours E. One ADS valve E.1 Restore ADS valve to 14 days inoperable. OPERABLE status. | |||
F. One ADS valve F.1 Restore ADS valve to 72 hours inoperable. OPERABLE status. | |||
AND | |||
- - -OR One low pressure ECCS F.2 Restore low pressure 72 hours injection/spray ECCS injection/spray subsystem inoperable. subsystem to OPERABLE status. | |||
(continued) | |||
GRAND GULF 3.5-2 Amendment No. ~ 201 | |||
ECCS-Operating 3.5.1 ACTIONS (continued) | |||
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME G. Two or more ADS valves G.1 -------NOTE-------- | |||
inoperable. LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when OR entering MODE 3. | |||
Required Action and associated Completion Be in MODE 3. 12 hours Time of Condition E or F not met. | |||
H. HPCS and Low Pressure H.1 Enter LCO 3.0.3. Immediately Core Spray (LPCS) | |||
Systems inoperable. | |||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
OR Three or more ECCS injection/spray subsystems inoperable. | OR Three or more ECCS injection/spray subsystems inoperable. | ||
OR HPCS System and one or more ADS valves inoperable. | OR HPCS System and one or more ADS valves inoperable. | ||
OR Two or more ECCS injection/spray subsystems and one or more ADS valves inoperable. | OR Two or more ECCS injection/spray subsystems and one or more ADS valves inoperable. | ||
GRAND GULF | GRAND GULF 3.5-3 Amendment No. ~ 201 | ||
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3. Be in MODE 3. | |||
LLS Valves 3.6.1.6 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS 3.6.1.6 Low-Low Set (LLS) Valves LCO 3.6.1.6 The LLS function of six safety/relief valves shall be OPERABLE. | |||
APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3. | |||
ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One LLS valve A.1 Restore LLS valve to 14 days inoperable. OPERABLE status. | |||
B. Required Action and B.1 -------NOTE-------- | |||
associated Completion LCO 3.0.4.a is not Time of Condition A applicable when not met. entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours | |||
: c. Two or more LLS valves c .1 Be in MODE 3. 12 hours inoperable. | |||
AND C.2 Be in Mode 4. 36 hours GRAND GULF 3.6-20 Amendment No. ~ 201 | |||
RHR Containment Spray System 3.6.1.7 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS 3.6.1.7 Residual Heat Removal (RHR) Containment Spray System LCO 3.6.1.7 Two RHR containment spray subsystems shall be OPERABLE. | |||
APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3. | |||
ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One RHR containment A. l Restore RHR 7 days spray subsystem containment spray inoperable. subsystem to OPERABLE status. | |||
B. Two RHR containment B.l Restore one RHR 8 hours spray subsystems containment spray inoperable. subsystem to OPERABLE status. | |||
: c. Required Action and C.l -------NOTE------- | |||
associated Completion LCO 3. 0. 4. a is not Time not met. applicable when entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours GRAND GULF 3.6-22 Amendment No. ~ 201 | |||
FWLCS 3.6.1.8 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS 3.6.1.8 Feedwater Leakage Control System (FWLCS) | |||
LCO 3.6.1.8 Two FWLCS subsystems shall be OPERABLE. | |||
APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3. | |||
ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One FWLCS subsystem A.1 Restore FWLCS 30 days inoperable. subsystems to OPERABLE status. | |||
B. Two FWLCS subsystems B.1 Restore one FWLCS 7 days inoperable. subsystem to OPERABLE status. | |||
: c. Required Action and C.1 ------NOTE--------- | |||
associated Completion LCO 3. 0. 4. a is not Time not met. applicable when entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.6.1.8.1 Verify RHR jockey pump operates properly. 31 days GRAND GULF 3.6-24 Amendment No. ~ 201 | |||
MSIV LCS 3.6.1.9 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS 3.6.1.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve (MSIV) Leakage Control System (LCS) | |||
LCO 3.6.1.9 Two MSIV LCS subsystems shall be OPERABLE. | |||
APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3. | |||
ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One MSIV LCS subsystem A. l Restore MSIV LCS 30 days inoperable. subsystem to OPERABLE status. | |||
B. Two MSIV LCS B.l Restore one MSIV LCS 7 days subsystems inoperable. subsystem to OPERABLE status. | |||
: c. Required Action and C.l -------NOTE------- | |||
associated Completion LCO 3. 0. 4. a is not Time not met. applicable when entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.6.1.9.l Operate each outboard MSIV LCS blower ~ 31 days 15 minutes. | |||
(continued) | |||
GRAND GULF 3.6-25 Amendment No. ~ ~ 201 | |||
RHR Suppression Pool Cooling | |||
: 3. 6. 2. 3 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS 3.6.2.3 Residual Heat Removal (RHR) Suppression Pool Cooling LCO 3.6.2.3 Two RHR suppression pool cooling subsystems shall be OPERABLE. | |||
APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3. | |||
ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One RHR suppression A. l Restore RHR 7 days pool cooling subsystem suppression pool inoperable. cooling subsystem to OPERABLE status. | |||
B. Required Action and B.l ------NOTE-------- | |||
associated Completion LCO 3.0.4.a is not Time of Condition A applicable when not met. entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours | |||
: c. Two RHR suppression C.l Restore one RHR 8 hours pool cooling suppression pool subsystems inoperable. cooling subsystem to OPERABLE status. | |||
D. Required Action and D.l Be in MODE 3. 12 hours associated Completion Time of Condition c AND not met. 36 hours D.2 Be in MODE 4. | |||
GRAND GULF 3.6-31 Amendment No. ~ 201 | |||
Secondary Containment | |||
: 3. 6. 4. 1 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS 3.6.4.1 Secondary Containment LCO 3.6.4.1 The secondary containment shall be OPERABLE. | |||
APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3, During movement of recently irradiated fuel assemblies in the primary or secondary containment, During operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs). | |||
ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Secondary containment A.1 Restore secondary 4 hours inoperable in MODE 1, containment to 2, or 3. OPERABLE status. | |||
B. Required Action and B.1 --------NOTE------ | |||
associated Completion LCO 3.0.4.a is not Time of Condition A applicable when not met. entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours (continued) | |||
GRAND GULF 3.6-42 Amendment No. ~.~ 201 | |||
SGT System | |||
: 3. 6. 4. 3 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS 3.6.4.3 Standby Gas Treatment (SGT) System LCO 3.6.4.3 Two SGT subsystems shall be OPERABLE. | |||
APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3, During movement of recently irradiated fuel assemblies in the primary or secondary containment, During operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs). | |||
ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One SGT subsystem A.1 Restore SGT subsystem 7 days inoperable. to OPERABLE status. | |||
B. Required Action and B. l -------NOTE------- | |||
associated Completion LCO 3.0.4.a is not Time of Condition A applicable when not met in MODE 1, 2, entering MODE 3. | |||
or 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours C. Required Action and -------------NOTE------------ | |||
associated Completion LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable. | |||
Time of Condition A not met during movement of recently C.1 Place OPERABLE SGT Immediately irradiated fuel subsystem in assemblies in the operation. | |||
primary or secondary containment or during OR OPDRVs. | |||
(continued) | |||
GRAND GULF 3.6-49 Amendment No. ~,-+/--3 201 | |||
SGT System 3.6.4.3 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME | |||
: c. (continued) C.2.1 Suspend movement of Immediately recently irradiated fuel assemblies in the primary and secondary containment. | |||
AND C.2.2 Initiate action to Immediately suspend OPDRVs. | |||
D. Two SGT subsystems D.l --------NOTE------ | |||
inoperable in MODE 1, LCO 3.0.4.a is not 2, or 3. applicable when entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours E. Two SGT subsystems E .1 Suspend movement of Immediately inoperable during recently irradiated movement of recently fuel assemblies in irradiated fuel the primary and assemblies in the secondary primary or secondary containment. | |||
containment or during OPDRVs. AND E.2 Initiate action to Immediately suspend OPDRVs. | |||
GRAND GULF 3.6-50 Amendment No. ~'~ 201 | |||
Drywell Vacuum Relief System 3.6.5.6 ACTIONS (continued) | |||
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME | |||
: c. One drywell purge C.l Restore drywell purge 30 days vacuum relief vacuum relief subsystem inoperable subsystem to OPERABLE for reasons other than status. | |||
Condition A. | |||
D. Required Action and D.l --------NOTE------ | |||
associated Completion LCO 3. 0. 4. a is not Time of Condition B or applicable when c not met. entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours E. Two drywell purge E.l Restore one drywell 72 hours vacuum relief purge vacuum relief subsystems inoperable subsystem to OPERABLE for reasons other than status. | |||
Condition A. | |||
F. Two drywell post-LOCA F.l Restore one drywell 72 hours vacuum relief post-LOCA vacuum subsystems inoperable relief or drywell for reasons other than purge vacuum relief Condition A. subsystem to OPERABLE status. | |||
AND One drywell purge vacuum relief subsystem inoperable for reasons other than Condition A. | |||
G. Required Action and G. l Be in MODE 3. 12 hours associated Completion Time of Condition A, AND E or F not met. | |||
G.2 Be in MODE 4. 36 hours (continued) | |||
GRAND GULF 3.6-65 Amendment No. ~ 201 | |||
Drywell Vacuum Relief System 3.6.5.6 ACTIONS (continued) | |||
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME H. Two drywell purge H.1 Be in MODE 3. 12 hours vacuum relief subsystems inoperable AND for reasons other than Condition A. H.2 Be in MODE 4. 36 hours AND One or two drywell post-LOCA vacuum relief subsystems inoperable for reasons other than Condition A. | |||
GRAND GULF 3.6-66 Amendment No. ~ 201 | |||
TIME 12 hours | SSW System and UHS 3.7.1 ACTIONS (continued) | ||
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME E. Required Action and E.l -------NOTE-------- | |||
associated Completion LCO 3.0.4.a is not Time of Condition A, C, applicable when or D not met. entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours F Both SSW subsystems F.l Be in Mode 3. 12 hours inoperable. | |||
AND OR F.2 Be in Mode 4. 36 Hours Two UHS cooling towers with one or more cooling tower fans inoperable. | |||
OR UHS basin inoperable for reasons other than Condition C. | |||
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.7.1.1 Verify the water level of each UHS basin is 24 hours | |||
~ 7.25 ft. | |||
SR 3.7.1.2 Operate each SSW cooling tower fan for 31 days | |||
~ 15 minutes. | |||
(continued) | |||
GRAND GULF 3.7-3 Amendment No. ~, 201 | |||
CRFA System 3.7.3 ACTIONS (continued) | |||
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME C. Required Action and C.l -------NOTE------- | |||
associated Completion LCO 3.0.4.a is not Time of Condition A or applicable when B not met in MODE 1, entering MODE 3. | |||
or 2. | |||
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours D. Required Action and D.l Place OPERABLE CRFA Immediately associated Completion subsystem in Time of Condition A isolation mode. | |||
not met during OPDRVs. | |||
OR D.2 Initiate action to Immediately suspend OPDRVs. | |||
(continued) | |||
GRAND GULF 3.7-7 Amendment No. 1qs, ~ 201 | |||
CRFA System 3.7.3 ACTIONS (continued) | |||
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME E. Two CRFA subsystems E.1 -------NOTE------- | |||
inoperable in MODE 1, LCO 3.0.4.a is not 2, or 3 for reasons applicable when other than Condition entering MODE 3. | |||
B. | |||
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours F. Two CRFA subsystems F.1 -------NOTE------- Immediately inoperable during LCO 3.0.3 does not OPDRVs. apply. | |||
OR Initiate action to One or more CRFA suspend OPDRVs. | |||
subsystems inoperable due to inoperable CRE boundary during OPDRVs. | |||
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.7.3.1 Operate each CRFA subsystem for 2 10 31 days continuous hours with the heaters operating. | |||
SR 3.7.3.2 Perform required CRFA filter testing in In accordance accordance with the Ventilation Filter with the VFTP Testing Program (VFTP) . | |||
SR 3.7.3.3 Verify each CRFA subsystem actuates on an 24 months actual or simulated initiation signal. | |||
SR 3.7.3.4 Perform required CRE unfiltered air In accordance inleakage testing in accordance with the with the Control Room Envelope Habitability Control Room Program. Envelope Habitability Program GRAND GULF 3.7-8 Amendment No. -+/--4-§-, -+/--+&,- ~ 201 | |||
Control Room AC System 3.7.4 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS 3.7.4 Control Room Air Conditioning (AC) System LCO 3.7.4 Two control room AC subsystems shall be OPERABLE. | |||
APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3, During operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs). | |||
ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One control room AC A. l Restore control room 30 days subsystem inoperable. AC subsystem to OPERABLE status. | |||
B. Two control room AC B. l Verify control room Once per 4 hours subsystems inoperable. area temperature ~ | |||
90°F. | |||
AND 7 days B.2 Restore one control room AC subsystem to OPERABLE status. | |||
C. Required Action and C.l -------NOTE------- | |||
associated Completion LCO 3.0.4.a is not Time of Condition A or applicable when B not met in MODE 1, entering MODE 3. | |||
2, or 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours (continued) | |||
GRAND GULF 3.7-9 Amendment No. ~' H§, 201 | |||
Main Condenser Offgas 3.7.5 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS 3.7.5 Main Condenser Offgas LCO 3.7.5 The gross gamma activity rate of the noble gases measured at the offgas recombiner effluent shall be ~ 380 mCi/second after decay of 30 minutes. | |||
APPLICABILITY: | APPLICABILITY: MODE 1, MODES 2 and 3 with any steam jet air ejector (SJAE) in operation. | ||
ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Gross gamma activity A. l Restore gross gamma 72 hours rate of the noble activity rate of the gases not within noble gases to within limit. limit. | |||
B. Required Action and B. l Isolate SJAE. 12 hours associated Completion Time not met. | |||
-OR B.2 -------NOTE------- | |||
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours GRAND | Be in MODE 3. 12 hours GRAND GOLF 3.7-12 Amendment No. ~ 201 | ||
AC Sources-Operating | |||
: 3. 8. 1 ACTIONS (continued) | |||
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME D. One required offsite -----------NOTE-------------- | |||
circuit inoperable for Enter applicable Conditions reasons other than and Required Actions of Condition F. LCO 3.8.7, "Distribution Systems -Operating," when any AND required division is de-energized as a result of One required DG Condition D. | |||
inoperable for reasons other than Condition F. D.1 Restore required 12 hours off site circuit to OPERABLE status. | |||
-OR D.2 Restore required DG 12 hours to OPERABLE status. | |||
E. Two required DGs E.1 Restore one required 2 hours inoperable. DG to OPERABLE status. OR 24 hours if Division 3 DG is inoperable F. One automatic load F.l Restore automatic 24 hours sequencer inoperable. load sequencer to OPERABLE status. | |||
G. Required Action and G. l --------NOTE--------- | |||
associated Completion LCO 3.0.4.a is not Time of Condition A, applicable when B, c, D, E, or F not entering MODE 3. | |||
met. | |||
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours (continued) | |||
GRAND GULF 3.8-4 Amendment No. -+/--2-fl.,- 201 | |||
DC Sources -Operating 3.8.4 ACTIONS (continued) | |||
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME D. Required Action and D.1 ---------NOTE ----- | |||
associated Completion LCO 3. 0. 4. a is not Time for Division 1 or applicable when 2 DC electrical power entering MODE 3. | |||
subsystem for ------------------- | |||
condition A, B, or c not met. Be in MODE 3. 12 hours E. Division 3 DC E.1 Declare High Pressure Immediately electrical power Core Spray System subsystem inoperable inoperable. | |||
associated Completion LCO 3. 0. 4. a is not Time | for reasons other than Condition A. | ||
Be in MODE 3. SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE SR 3. | F. Required Action and F.1 Be in MODE 3. 12 hours associated Completion Time for Division 3 DC AND electrical power subsystem for F.2 Be in MODE 4. 36 hours Condition A, B or E not met. | ||
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.4.1 Verify battery terminal voltage is ~ 129 V 7 days on float charge. | |||
SR 3.8.4.2 Verify no visible corrosion at battery 92 days terminals and connectors. | |||
OR Verify battery connection resistance is | |||
~ 1.5 E-4 ohm for inter-cell connections, | |||
~ 1.5 E-4 ohm for inter-rack connections, | |||
~ 1.5 E-4 ohm for inter-tier connections, and ~ 1.5 E-4 ohm for terminal connections. | |||
(continued) | |||
GRAND GULF 3.8-27 Amendment No. ~ 201 | |||
Distribution Systems-Operating 3.8.7 ACTIONS (continued) | |||
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME | |||
: c. Required Action and C.l -------NOTE-------- | |||
associated Completion LCO 3. 0. 4. a is not Time of Condition A applicable when or B not met. entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours D. One or more Division 3 D.l Declare High Pressure Immediately AC or DC electrical Core Spray System power distribution inoperable. | |||
subsystems inoperable. | |||
E. Two or more divisions E.l Enter LCO 3.0.3. Immediately with inoperable distribution subsystems that result in a loss of function. | |||
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.7.l Verify correct breaker alignments and 7 days voltage to required AC and DC electrical power distribution subsystems. | |||
GRAND GULF 3.8-39 Amendment No. ~, 201 | |||
UNITED STATES NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20555-0001 SAFETY EVALUATION BY THE OFFICE OF NUCLEAR REACTOR REGULATION RELATED TO AMENDMENT NO. 201 TO FACILITY OPERATING LICENSE NO. NPF-29 ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC .. ET AL. | |||
GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION. UNIT 1 DOCKET NO. 50-416 | |||
GRAND GULF | |||
== | ==1.0 INTRODUCTION== | ||
By letter dated November 8, 2013 (Reference 1), as supplemented by letters dated September 29, 2014 (Reference 2), November 13, and November 19, 2014; and January 20, and January 27, 2015 (References 17, 18, 19, and 20, respectively), Entergy Operations, Inc. | |||
(Entergy, the licensee), submitted a license amendment request (LAR), which proposed changes to the Technical Specifications (TSs) for Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, Unit 1 (GGNS). | |||
Specifically, the licensee proposed to adopt U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC)- | |||
approved Revision 1 to Technical Specifications Task Force (TSTF) Standard Technical Specifications (STS) change traveler TSTF-423, "Technical Specifications End States, NEDC 32988 A," dated December 22, 2009 (Reference 3). In addition, the licensee proposed a new license condition for maintaining commitments. | |||
The supplemental letters dated September 29, November 13, and November 19, 2014; and January 20, and January 27, 2015, provided additional information that clarified the application, did not expand the scope of the application as originally noticed, and did not change the NRC staff's original proposed no significant hazards consideration determination, as published in the Federal Register on March 4, 2014 (79 FR 12245). | |||
The Traveler TSTF-423 incorporates the NRG-approved Boiling Water Reactor Owners Group's (BWROG's) Topical Report (TR)32988-A, Revision 2, "Technical Justification to Support Risk-Informed Modification to Selected Required Action End States for BWR Plants," December 2012 (Reference 4), into NUREG-1433, Revision 4, "Standard Technical Specifications - General Electric Plants (BWR/4)," April 2012, and NUREG-1434, Revision 4, "Standard Technical Specifications - General Electric Plants (BWR/6)," April 2012 (References 5 and 6, respectively). The TR conclusions are applicable for all of the boiling-water reactor (BWR) products (BWR/2 through BWR/6). GGNS is a BWR/6 facility. The Federal Register Notice Enclosure 2 | |||
published on February 18, 2011 (76 FR 9614), announced the availability of this TS improvement as part of the consolidated line item improvement process. | |||
TSTF-423 is one of the industry's initiatives developed under the Risk Management Technical Specifications program. These initiatives are intended to maintain or improve safety through the incorporation of risk assessment and management techniques in TS, while reducing unnecessary burden and making TS requirements consistent with the Commission's other risk-inforryied regulatory requirements, in particular the Maintenance Rule. | |||
The following five operational modes are defined in the GGNS TSs. Of specific relevance to TSTF-423 are Modes 3 and 4: | |||
* Mode 1 - Power Operation: The reactor mode switch is in run position. | |||
* Mode 2 - Reactor Startup: The reactor mode switch is in refuel position (with all reactor vessel head closure bolts fully tensioned) or in startup/hot standby position. | |||
* Mode 3 - Hot Shutdown: The reactor coolant system (RCS) temperature is above 200 degrees Fahrenheit (°F) and the reactor mode switch is in shutdown position (with all reactor vessel head closure bolts fully tensioned). | |||
* Mode 4 - Cold Shutdown: The RCS temperature is equal to or less than 200 °F and the reactor mode switch is in shutdown position (with all reactor vessel head closure bolts fully tensioned). | |||
* Mode 5 - Refueling: The reactor mode switch is in shutdown or refuel position, and one or more reactor vessel head closure bolts are less than fully tensioned. | |||
The regulations in paragraph 50.36(c)(2)(i) of Title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations (10 CFR), states, in part, that: | |||
When a limiting condition for operation of a nuclear reactor is not met, the licensee shall shut down the reactor or follow any remedial action permitted by the technical specifications until the condition can be met. | |||
The STSs and most plant TSs provide, as part of the remedial action, a completion time (CT) for the plant to either comply with remedial actions or restore compliance with the limiting condition for operation (LCO). If the LCO or the remedial action cannot be met, then the reactor is required to be shut down. When the STS and individual plant TSs were written, the shutdown condition, or end state specified, was usually cold shutdown. | |||
TR NEDC-32988-A, Revision 2, provides the technical basis to change certain required "end states" when the TS Actions for remaining in power operation cannot be met within the CTs. | |||
Most of the requested TS changes permit an end state of hot shutdown (Mode 3) if risk is assessed and managed, rather than an end state of cold shutdown (Mode 4), contained in the current TS. The proposed LAR was limited to those end states where: ( 1) entry into the shutdown mode is for a short interval, (2) entry is initiated by inoperability of a single train of | |||
equipment or a restriction on a plant operational parameter, unless otherwise stated in the applicable TS, and (3) the primary purpose is to correct the initiating condition and return to power operation as soon as is practical. | |||
== | ==2.0 REGULATORY EVALUATION== | ||
In 10 CFR 50.36, "Technical specifications," the Commission established its regulatory requirements related to the content of TSs. Pursuant to 10 CFR 50.36(c), TSs are required to include items in the following specific categories related to station operation: (1) safety limits, limiting safety system settings, and limiting control settings; (2) LCOs; (3) surveillance requirements; (4) design features; (5) administrative controls. As stated, in part, in 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(i): | |||
Limiting conditions for operation are the lowest functional capability or performance levels of equipment required for safe operation of the facility. When a limiting condition for operation of a nuclear reactor is not met, the licensee shall shut down the reactor or follow any remedial action permitted by the technical specifications .... | |||
In describing the basis for changing end states, NEDC-32988-A states, in part, that: | |||
Cold shutdown is normally required when an inoperable system or train cannot be restored to an operable status within the allowed time. However, going to cold shutdown results in the loss of steam-driven core cooling systems, challenges the shutdown heat removal systems, and requires restarting the plant. ... A more preferred operational MODE is one that maintains adequate risk levels while repairs are completed without causing unnecessary challenges to plant equipment during shutdown and startup transitions. | |||
In the end state changes under consideration in this LAR, a problem with a component or train has, or will, result in a failure to meet a TS, and a controlled shutdown is directed because a TS Action requirement cannot be met within the TS CT. | |||
Most of the current TSs and design basis analyses were developed under the perception that putting a plant in cold shutdown would result in the safest condition and the design basis analyses would bound credible shutdown accidents. In the late 1980s and early 1990s, the NRC and licensees recognized that this perception was incorrect and took corrective actions to improve shutdown operation. At the same time, standard TSs were developed and many licensees improved their TSs. Since enactment of a shutdown rule was expected, almost all TS changes involving power operation, including a revised end state requirement, were postponed (see, for example, the Final Policy Statement on TS Improvements, Reference 7). However, in the mid-1990s, the Commission decided a shutdown rule was not necessary in light of industry improvements. Controlling shutdown risk encompasses control of conditions that can cause potential initiating events and responses to those initiating events that do occur. Initiating events are a function of equipment malfunctions and human error. Responses to events are a function of plant sensitivity, ongoing activities, human error, defense-in-depth, and additional equipment malfunctions. | |||
In practice, the risk during shutdown operations is often addressed via voluntary actions and application of 10 CFR 50.65, "Requirements for monitoring the effectiveness of maintenance at nuclear power plants" (Reference 8), the Maintenance Rule. Section 50.65(a)(4) states, in part: | |||
Before performing maintenance activities ... , the licensee shall assess and manage the increase in risk that may result from the proposed maintenance activities. The scope of the assessment may be limited to structures, systems, and components that a risk-informed evaluation process has shown to be significant to public health and safety. | |||
The NRC staff's approved TSTF-423 states that the changes proposed are consistent with the following rules, regulations, and associated regulatory guidance. Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.182, "Assessing and Managing Risk Before Maintenance Activities at Nuclear Power Plants," | |||
May 2000 (Reference 9), provides guidance on implementing the provisions of 10 CFR 50.65(a)(4) by endorsing the revised Section 11 (published separately) to the Nuclear Management and Resource Council (NUMARC) 93-01, Revision 3, "Industry Guideline for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants," July 2000 (Reference 10). RG 1.182 was withdrawn since it was determined that the document (RG 1.182) was redundant due to the inclusion of its subject matter in Revision 3 of RG 1.160, "Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants," May 2012 (Reference 11 ). Withdrawal of RG 1.182 was published in the Federal Register on November 27, 2012 (77 FR 70846). The Federal Register notice also stated that withdrawal of RG 1.182 neither altered any prior or existing licensing commitments based on its use, nor constituted backfitting as defined in 10 CFR 50.109 (the Backfit Rule) and was not otherwise inconsistent with the issue finality provisions in 10 CFR Part 52. | |||
In addition, the NRC staff observed that RG 1.160 endorsed Revision 4A of the NUMARC 93-01, "Industry Guideline for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants," | |||
April 2011 (Reference 12). NUMARC 93-01 provides methods that are acceptable to the NRC staff for complying with the provisions of Section 50.65, "Requirements for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants," of 10 CFR Part 50, "Domestic Licensing of Production and Utilization Facilities." The model safety evaluation (SE) for the TSTF currently refers to the guidance in Revision 2 of the NUMARC 93-01. | |||
The NRC staff requested that Entergy confirm that GGNS's current licensing basis adheres to the RG 1.160 guidance and commitment to the updated version of NUMARC 93-01. By letter dated September 29, 2014 (Reference 2), Entergy stated as follows: | |||
In Reference 1, GGNS acknowledged its understanding that Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.182 was withdrawn (77 FR 70846) as the requirements on acceptable methods to meet the provisions of 10 CFR 50.65(a)(4) associated with managing and assessing risk, and further acknowledged our understanding that the requirements were incorporated into RG 1.160. This letter further stated that Procedure EN-WM-104, On Line Risk Assessment, ensures procedural compliance with NUMARC 93-01, Industry Guideline For Monitoring The Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants. | |||
Additionally, in Reference 1 GGNS stated that Entergy has reviewed the General Electric [GE] topical report (NEDC-32988-A), TSTF-423, and the NRC model Safety Evaluation and concluded that the information in the GE topical report and TSTF-423 as well as the Safety Evaluation prepared by the NRC, are applicable to Grand Gulf Nuclear Station) (GGNS) and provided justification for the incorporation of the proposed changes into the GGNS Technical Specifications. | |||
Subsequently, based on the request for additional information (Reference 2) | |||
GGNS reviewed Revision 4a of NUMARC 93-01, Procedure EN-WM-104, Revision 9 and Procedure 01-S-18-6, Revision 13, Risk Assessment of Maintenance Activities and found no exceptions to the guidance contained in Revision 4a of NUMARC 93-01. | |||
Based on the above, the NRC determined that Entergy Procedure EN-WM-104, Revision 9 and Procedure 01-S-18-6, Revision 13, "Risk Assessment of Maintenance Activities" meets the guidelines in NUMARC 93-01, Revision 4A. In addition, by letter dated November 19, 2014, Entergy has made a Regulatory Commitment to NUMARC 93-01 and future revisions. | |||
Section 3.5, "Regulatory Commitment," Attachment 5 in the licensee's application dated November 8, 2013, states, in part, that "Entergy will follow the guidance established in TSTF-IG-05-02 "Implementation Guidance for TSTF-423, Revision 2, Technical Specification End States, NEDC 32988 A ... " | |||
==3.0 TECHNICAL EVALUATION== | |||
3.1 Proposed TS Changes In its LAR, the licensee proposed the following TS changes: | |||
( | TS 3.3.8.2: Reactor Protection System (RPS) Electric Power Monitoring Current TS 3.3.8.2 Required Action C.1 states: | ||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
----- | Revised TS 3.3.8.2 Required Action C.1 would state: | ||
--------------------------------------------------N 0 TE------------------------------------------------- | |||
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
Current TS 3.3.8.2 Required Action C.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours," | |||
would be deleted. | |||
TS 3.5.1: ECCS-Operating Current TS 3.5.1 Required Action D.1 states: | |||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
Revised TS 3.5.1 Required Action D.1 would state: | |||
--------------------------------------------------N 0 TE------------------------------------------------- | |||
L CO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
Current TS 3.5.1 Required Action D.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours," | |||
would be deleted. | |||
Current TS 3.5.1 Required Action G.1 states: | |||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
Revised TS 3.5.1 Required Action G.1 would state: | |||
--------------------------------------------------N 0 TE------------------------------------------------- | |||
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
Current TS 3.5.1 Required Action G.2, which states "Reduce reactor steam dome pressure to s 150 psig," with a CT of "36 hours," would be deleted. | |||
TS 3.6.1.6: Low-Low Set (LLS) Valves Current TS 3.6.1.6 Condition B states: | |||
Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A not met. | |||
Two or more LLS valves inoperable. | |||
Revised TS 3.6.1.6 Condition B would state: | |||
Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A not met. | |||
Current TS 3.6.1.6 Required Action B.1 states: | |||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
Revised TS 3.6.1.6 Required Action B.1 would state: | |||
--------------------------------------------------NOTE------------------------------------------------- | |||
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
Current TS 3.6.1.6 Required Action B.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours," | |||
would be deleted. | |||
New TS 3.6.1.6 Condition C would state: | |||
Two or more LLS valves inoperable New TS 3.6.1.6 Required Actions C.1 and C.2 would state: | |||
C.1 Be in MODE 3. | |||
C.2 Be in MODE 4. | |||
The CTs for new Required Actions C.1 and C.2 would be "12 hours" and "36 hours," | |||
respectively. | |||
TS 3.6.1.7: Residual Heat Removal (RHR) Containment Spray System Current TS 3.6.1.7 Required Action C.1 states: | |||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
Revised TS 3.6.1.7 Required Action C.1 would state: | |||
--------------------------------------------------N 0 TE------------------------------------------------- | |||
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
Current TS 3.6.1.7 Required Action C.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours," | |||
would be deleted. | |||
TS 3.6.1.8: Feedwater Leakage Control System (FWLCS) | |||
Current TS 3.6.1.8 Required Action C.1 states: | |||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
Revised TS 3.6.1.8 Required Action C.1 would state: | |||
--------------------------------------------------N 0 TE------------------------------------------------- | |||
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
Current TS 3.6.1.8 Required Action C.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours," | |||
would be deleted. | |||
TS 3.6.1.9: Main Steam Isolation Valve (MSIV) Leakage Control System (LCS) | |||
Current TS 3.6.1.9 Required Action C.1 states: | |||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
Revised TS 3.6.1.9 Required Action C.1 would state: | |||
--------------------------------------------------N 0 TE------------------------------------------------- | |||
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
Current TS 3.6.1.9 Required Action C.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours," | |||
would be deleted. | |||
TS 3.6.2.3: Residual Heat Removal (RHR) Suppression Pool Cooling New TS 3.6.2.3 Condition B would state: | |||
Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A not met. | |||
New TS 3.6.2.3 Required Action B.1 would state: | |||
--------------------------------------------------N 0 TE------------------------------------------------- | |||
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
The CT for new TS 3.6.2.3 Required Action B.1 would be "12 hours." | |||
Current TS 3.6.2.3 Condition B and Required Action B.1 would be renumbered as Condition C and Required Action C.1. Current TS 3.6.2.3 Condition C and Required Actions C.1 and C.2 would be renumbered as Condition D and Required Actions D.1 and D.2. | |||
TS 3.6.4.1: Secondary Containment Current TS 3.6.4.1 Required Action B.1 states: | |||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
Revised TS 3.6.4.1 Required Action B.1 would state: | |||
--------------------------------------------------N 0 TE------------------------------------------------- | |||
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
Current TS 3.6.4.1 Required Action B.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours," | |||
would be deleted. | |||
TS 3.6.4.3: Standby Gas Treatment (SGT) System Current TS 3.6.4.3 Required Action B.1 states: | |||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
Revised TS 3.6.4.3 Required Action B.1 would state: | |||
--------------------------------------------------N 0 TE------------------------------------------------- | |||
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
Current TS 3.6.4.3 Required Action B.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours," | |||
.... | would be deleted. | ||
Current TS 3.6.4.3 Required Action D.1 states: | |||
Enter LCO 3.0.3. | |||
Revised TS 3.6.4.3 Required Action D.1 would state: | |||
--------------------------------------------------N 0 TE------------------------------------------------- | |||
... | LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3. | ||
The | Be in MODE 3 The CT for current TS 3.6.4.3 Required Action D.1, which states "Immediately," would be changed to "12 hours," for revised TS 3.6.43 Required Action D.1. | ||
TS 3.6.5.6: Drywell Vacuum Relief System Current TS 3.6.5.6 Conditions D thru G with associated Required Actions and Completion Times, would be renumbered as Conditions E thru H with no change to the associated Required Actions and Completion Time requirements. | |||
New TS 3.6.5.6 Condition D would state: | |||
Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition B or C not met. | |||
New TS 3.6.5.6 Required Action D.1 would state: | |||
--------------------------------------------------N 0 TE------------------------------------------------- | |||
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
The CT for new TS 3.6.5.6 Required Action D.1 would be "12 hours." | |||
Current TS 3.6.5.6 Condition F states: | |||
Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A, B, C, D, or E not met. | |||
Current TS 3.6.5.6 Condition Fis renumbered to Condition G and states: | |||
Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A, E or F not met. | |||
lnoperability of Conditions B OR C are now addressed in new Condition D. Current Conditions D OR E are renumbered to E OR F. | |||
TS 3.7.1: Standby Service Water (SSW) System and Ultimate Heat Sink (UHS) | |||
Current TS 3. 7 .1 Condition E states: | |||
Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A, C, or D not met. | |||
Both SSW subsystems inoperable. | |||
Two UHS cooling towers with one or more cooling tower fans inoperable. | Two UHS cooling towers with one or more cooling tower fans inoperable. | ||
UHS basin inoperable for reasons other than Condition C. Current TS 3. 7 .1 Required Action E.1 states: Be in MODE 3. Revised TS 3. 7 .1 Condition E would state: Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A, C, or D not met. Revised TS 3.7.1 Required Action E.1 would state: --------------------------------------------------NOTE------------------------------------------------- | UHS basin inoperable for reasons other than Condition C. | ||
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3. Be in MODE 3. Current TS 3.7.1 Required Action E.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours," would be deleted. New TS 3.7.1 Condition F would state: Both SSW subsystems inoperable. | Current TS 3. 7 .1 Required Action E.1 states: | ||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
Revised TS 3. 7 .1 Condition E would state: | |||
Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A, C, or D not met. | |||
Revised TS 3.7.1 Required Action E.1 would state: | |||
--------------------------------------------------NOTE------------------------------------------------- | |||
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
Current TS 3.7.1 Required Action E.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours," | |||
would be deleted. | |||
New TS 3.7.1 Condition F would state: | |||
Both SSW subsystems inoperable. | |||
Two UHS cooling towers with one or more cooling tower fans inoperable. | Two UHS cooling towers with one or more cooling tower fans inoperable. | ||
UHS basin inoperable for reasons other than Condition C. New TS 3.7.1 Required Actions F.1 and F.2 would state: F.1 Be in MODE 3. F.2 Be in MODE 4. The CTs for the new Required Actions F.1 and F.2 would be "12 hours" and "36 hours," respectively. | UHS basin inoperable for reasons other than Condition C. | ||
TS 3.7.3: Control Room Fresh Air (CRFA) System Current TS 3.7.3 Required Action C.1 states: Be in MODE 3 Revised TS 3.7.3 Required Action C.1 would state: --------------------------------------------------N 0 TE------------------------------------------------- | New TS 3.7.1 Required Actions F.1 and F.2 would state: | ||
F.1 Be in MODE 3. | |||
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3. Be in MODE 3. The CT for current TS 3.7.3 Required Action E.1, which states "Immediately," would be changed to "12 hours," for revised TS 3.7.3 Required Action E.1. The following change is unrelated to the TSTF-423 approved change. However, based on justification in Section 3.4, the change is approved. | F.2 Be in MODE 4. | ||
Current TS 3. 7.3 Required Action F.1 states: Initiate action to suspend OPDRVs. Revised TS 3.7.3 Required Action F.1 would state: --------------------NOTE------------------- | The CTs for the new Required Actions F.1 and F.2 would be "12 hours" and "36 hours," | ||
respectively. | |||
TS 3.7.3: Control Room Fresh Air (CRFA) System Current TS 3.7.3 Required Action C.1 states: | |||
Be in MODE 3 Revised TS 3.7.3 Required Action C.1 would state: | |||
--------------------------------------------------N 0 TE------------------------------------------------- | |||
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
Current TS 3.7.3 Required Action C.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours," | |||
would be deleted. | |||
Current TS 3. 7.3 Required Action E.1 states: | |||
Enter LCO 3.0.3. | |||
Revised TS 3.7.3 Required Action E.1 would state: | |||
--------------------------------------------------NOTE------------------------------------------------- | |||
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
The CT for current TS 3.7.3 Required Action E.1, which states "Immediately," would be changed to "12 hours," for revised TS 3.7.3 Required Action E.1. | |||
The following change is unrelated to the TSTF-423 approved change. However, based on justification in Section 3.4, the change is approved. | |||
Current TS 3. 7.3 Required Action F.1 states: | |||
Initiate action to suspend OPDRVs. | |||
Revised TS 3.7.3 Required Action F.1 would state: | |||
--------------------NOTE------------------- | |||
LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable. | LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable. | ||
Initiate action to suspend OPDRVs. TS 3.7.4: Control Room Air Conditioning (AC) System Current TS 3. 7.4 Required Action C.1 states: Be in MODE 3. Revised TS 3.7.4 Required Action C.1 would state: --------------------------------------------------N 0 TE------------------------------------------------- | Initiate action to suspend OPDRVs. | ||
TS 3.7.4: Control Room Air Conditioning (AC) System Current TS 3. 7.4 Required Action C.1 states: | |||
L CO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3. Be in MODE 3. Current TS 3.7.5 Required Action B.2.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours," would be deleted. TS 3.8.1: Alternating Current (AC) Sources-Operating Current TS 3.8.1 Required Action G.1 states: Be in MODE 3. Revised TS 3.8.1 Required Action G.1 would state: --------------------------------------------------N 0 TE------------------------------------------------- | Be in MODE 3. | ||
L CO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3. Be in MODE 3. Current TS 3.8.1 Required Action G.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours," would be deleted. TS 3.8.4: Direct Current (DC) Sources-Operating New Condition D and associated Required Action and CT would be added as follows; New TS 3.8.4 Condition D would state: Required Action and associated Completion Time for Division 1 or 2 DC electrical power subsystem for condition A, B, or C not met. New TS 3.8.4 Required Action D1 would state: --------------------------------------------------N 0 TE--------------------------------------------- | Revised TS 3.7.4 Required Action C.1 would state: | ||
--------------------------------------------------N 0 TE------------------------------------------------- | |||
TS 3.8.7: Distribution Systems-Operating Current TS 3.8.7 Required Action C.1 states: Be in MODE 3. Revised TS 3.8.7 Required Action C.1 would state: --------------------------------------------------N 0 TE--------------------------------------------- | LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3. | ||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
In its application, the licensee commits to TSTF IG 05 02, "Implementation Guidance for TSTF-423, Revision 0, 'Technical Specifications End States, NEDC 32988 A,"' September 2005 (Reference 14), which addresses a variety of issues such as considerations and compensatory actions for risk-significant plant configurations. | Current TS 3.7.4 Required Action C.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours," | ||
An overview of the generic evaluation and associated risk assessment is provided below, along with a summary of the associated TS changes discussed in TR NEDC 32988 A. 3.2 Risk Assessment The objective of the BWROG TR NEDC-32988-A risk assessment was to show that any risk increases associated with the proposed changes in TS end states are either negligible or negative (i.e., a net decrease in risk). The BWROG TR documents a risk-informed analysis of the proposed TS change. Probabilistic risk assessment (PRA) results and insights are used, in combination with results of deterministic assessments, to identify and propose changes in "end states" for all BWR plants. This is in accordance with guidance provided in RG 1. | would be deleted. | ||
Technical Specifications," August 1998 (Reference 16). The three-tiered approach documented in RG 1.177 was followed. | |||
The first tier of the three-tiered approach includes the assessment of the risk impact of the proposed change for comparison to acceptance guidelines consistent with the Commission's Safety Goal Policy Statement, as documented in RG 1. | TS 3.7.5: Main Condenser Offgas Current TS 3.7.5 Required Action B.2.1 states: | ||
The TSs invokes a risk assessment because 10 CFR 50.65(a)(4) is applicable to related activities and does not cover other operational activities beyond the effect they may have on existing maintenance-related risk. The BWROG's risk assessment approach was found comprehensive and acceptable in the SE for the topical report. In addition, the analyses show that the three-tiered approach criteria for allowing TS changes are met as follows: | Be in MODE 3. | ||
* Risk Impact of the Proposed Chanae <Tier 1 ): The risk changes associated with the TS changes in TSTF-423, in terms of mean yearly increases in core damage frequency (CDF) and large early release frequency (LERF), are risk neutral or risk beneficial. | Revised TS 3.7.5 Required Action B.2.1 will be renumbered to Required Action B.2 and would state: | ||
In addition, there are no significant temporary risk increases, as defined by RG 1.177 criteria, associated with the implementation of the TS end state changes. | --------------------------------------------------N 0 TE------------------------------------------------- | ||
* Avoidance of Risk-Significant Configurations | L CO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3. | ||
<Tier 2): The performed risk analyses, which are based on single LCOs, indicate that there are no high-risk | Be in MODE 3. | ||
* Configuration Risk Management (Tier 3): The licensee has a program in place to ensure compliance with 10 CFR 50.65(a)(4) to assess and manage the risk from maintenance activities. | Current TS 3.7.5 Required Action B.2.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours," | ||
This program can support the licensee's decision in selecting the appropriate actions to control risk for most cases in which a informed TS is entered. The generic risk impact of the end state mode change was evaluated subject to the following assumptions and TSTF-IG-05-02 (References 14 and 15): 1. The entry into the end state is initiated by the inoperability of a single train of equipment or a restriction on a plant operational parameter, unless otherwise stated in the applicable technical specification. | would be deleted. | ||
: 2. The primary purpose of entering the end state is to correct the initiating condition and return to power as soon as is practical. | TS 3.8.1: Alternating Current (AC) Sources-Operating Current TS 3.8.1 Required Action G.1 states: | ||
: 3. When Mode 3 is entered as the repair end state, the time the reactor coolant pressure is above 500 pounds per square inch gauge (psig) will be minimized. | Be in MODE 3. | ||
If reactor coolant pressure is above 500 psig for more than 12 hours, the associated plant risk will be assessed and managed. These assumptions are consistent with typical entries into Mode 3 for short duration repairs, which is the intended use of the TS end state changes. The NRC staff concludes that, going to Mode 3 (hot shutdown) instead of going to Mode 4 (cold shutdown) to carry out equipment repairs that are of short duration, does not have any adverse effect on plant risk. In its application dated November 8, 2013, the licensee stated, in part, that Entergy will follow the guidance established in TSTF-IG-05-02 | Revised TS 3.8.1 Required Action G.1 would state: | ||
'Implementation Guidance for TSTF-423, Revision 2, Technical Specification End States, NEDC-32988-A' | --------------------------------------------------N 0 TE------------------------------------------------- | ||
.... By letter dated November 19, 2014, the licensee stated, in part, that Entergy is committed to guidance contained in NUMARC 93-01, which provides guidance and details on the assessment and management of risk during maintenance. | L CO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3. | ||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
Current TS 3.8.1 Required Action G.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours," | |||
would be deleted. | |||
TS 3.8.4: Direct Current (DC) Sources-Operating New Condition D and associated Required Action and CT would be added as follows; New TS 3.8.4 Condition D would state: | |||
Required Action and associated Completion Time for Division 1 or 2 DC electrical power subsystem for condition A, B, or C not met. | |||
New TS 3.8.4 Required Action D1 would state: | |||
--------------------------------------------------N 0 TE--------------------------------------------- | |||
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3 The CT for the new Required Action D1 would be "12 hours." | |||
Current TS 3.8.4 Conditions D and E and associated Required Actions and Completion Times would be renumbered to Conditions E and F. | |||
Current TS 3.8.4 Condition E (renumbered as Condition F) states: | |||
Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition C or D not met. | |||
Revised TS 3.8.4 Condition E (renumbered as Condition F) would state: | |||
Required Action and associated Completion Time for Division 3 DC electrical power subsystem for Condition A, B, or E not met. | |||
No changes to the current Required Actions and Completion Times for current Condition D (renumbered as E) and Condition E (renumbered as F) are proposed. | |||
TS 3.8.7: Distribution Systems-Operating Current TS 3.8.7 Required Action C.1 states: | |||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
Revised TS 3.8.7 Required Action C.1 would state: | |||
--------------------------------------------------N 0 TE--------------------------------------------- | |||
LC0 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3. | |||
Be in MODE 3. | |||
Current TS 3.8.7 Required Action C.2, which states, "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours," | |||
would be deleted. | |||
The changes proposed in the LAR are consistent with the changes proposed and justified in TR NEDC 32988 A, Revision 2, and the associated NRC staff's SE for TSTF-423 dated September 27, 2002 (Reference 13). The evaluation included in the SE, as appropriate and applicable to the changes of TSTF-423, Revision 1, is reiterated here, and differences from the | |||
SE are justified. In its application, the licensee commits to TSTF IG 05 02, "Implementation Guidance for TSTF-423, Revision 0, 'Technical Specifications End States, NEDC 32988 A,"' | |||
September 2005 (Reference 14), which addresses a variety of issues such as considerations and compensatory actions for risk-significant plant configurations. | |||
An overview of the generic evaluation and associated risk assessment is provided below, along with a summary of the associated TS changes discussed in TR NEDC 32988 A. | |||
3.2 Risk Assessment The objective of the BWROG TR NEDC-32988-A risk assessment was to show that any risk increases associated with the proposed changes in TS end states are either negligible or negative (i.e., a net decrease in risk). The BWROG TR documents a risk-informed analysis of the proposed TS change. Probabilistic risk assessment (PRA) results and insights are used, in combination with results of deterministic assessments, to identify and propose changes in "end states" for all BWR plants. This is in accordance with guidance provided in RG 1.174, "An Approach for Using Probabilistic Risk Assessment in Risk-Informed Decisions on Plant Specific Changes to the Licensing Basis," July 1998 (Reference 15), and RG 1.177, "An Approach for Plant Specific Risk-Informed Decisionmaking: Technical Specifications," August 1998 (Reference 16). The three-tiered approach documented in RG 1.177 was followed. The first tier of the three-tiered approach includes the assessment of the risk impact of the proposed change for comparison to acceptance guidelines consistent with the Commission's Safety Goal Policy Statement, as documented in RG 1.174. The first tier aims at ensuring that there are no unacceptable temporary risk increases as a result of the TS change, such as when equipment is taken out of service. The second tier addresses the need to preclude potentially high-risk configurations that could result if equipment is taken out of service, concurrently with the equipment out of service, as allowed by this TS change. The third tier addresses the application of 10 CFR 50.65(a)(4) of the Maintenance Rule for identifying risk-significant configurations, resulting from maintenance-related activities and taking appropriate compensatory measures to avoid such configurations. | |||
The TSs invokes a risk assessment because 10 CFR 50.65(a)(4) is applicable to maintenance-related activities and does not cover other operational activities beyond the effect they may have on existing maintenance-related risk. | |||
The BWROG's risk assessment approach was found comprehensive and acceptable in the SE for the topical report. In addition, the analyses show that the three-tiered approach criteria for allowing TS changes are met as follows: | |||
* Risk Impact of the Proposed Chanae <Tier 1): The risk changes associated with the TS changes in TSTF-423, in terms of mean yearly increases in core damage frequency (CDF) and large early release frequency (LERF), are risk neutral or risk beneficial. In addition, there are no significant temporary risk increases, as defined by RG 1.177 criteria, associated with the implementation of the TS end state changes. | |||
* Avoidance of Risk-Significant Configurations <Tier 2): The performed risk analyses, which are based on single LCOs, indicate that there are no high-risk | |||
configurations associated with the TS end state changes. The reliability of redundant trains is normally covered by a single LCO. When multiple LCOs occur, which affect trains in several systems, the plant's risk-informed configuration risk management program, or the risk assessment and management program implemented in response to the Maintenance Rule, 10 CFR 50.65 (a)(4), shall ensure that high-risk configurations are avoided. As part of the implementation of TSTF-423, the licensee has committed to follow Section 11 of NUMARC 93-01, Revision 3, and include guidance in appropriate plant procedures and/or administrative controls to preclude high-risk plant configurations when the plant is at the proposed end state. This commitment shall be incorporated into the licensee's UFSAR. The NRC staff finds that such guidance is adequate for preventing risk-significant plant configurations. | |||
* Configuration Risk Management (Tier 3): The licensee has a program in place to ensure compliance with 10 CFR 50.65(a)(4) to assess and manage the risk from maintenance activities. This program can support the licensee's decision in selecting the appropriate actions to control risk for most cases in which a risk-informed TS is entered. | |||
The generic risk impact of the end state mode change was evaluated subject to the following assumptions and TSTF-IG-05-02 (References 14 and 15): | |||
: 1. The entry into the end state is initiated by the inoperability of a single train of equipment or a restriction on a plant operational parameter, unless otherwise stated in the applicable technical specification. | |||
: 2. The primary purpose of entering the end state is to correct the initiating condition and return to power as soon as is practical. | |||
: 3. When Mode 3 is entered as the repair end state, the time the reactor coolant pressure is above 500 pounds per square inch gauge (psig) will be minimized. If reactor coolant pressure is above 500 psig for more than 12 hours, the associated plant risk will be assessed and managed. | |||
These assumptions are consistent with typical entries into Mode 3 for short duration repairs, which is the intended use of the TS end state changes. The NRC staff concludes that, going to Mode 3 (hot shutdown) instead of going to Mode 4 (cold shutdown) to carry out equipment repairs that are of short duration, does not have any adverse effect on plant risk. | |||
In its application dated November 8, 2013, the licensee stated, in part, that Entergy will follow the guidance established in TSTF-IG-05-02 'Implementation Guidance for TSTF-423, Revision 2, Technical Specification End States, NEDC-32988-A' .... | |||
By letter dated November 19, 2014, the licensee stated, in part, that Entergy is committed to guidance contained in NUMARC 93-01, which provides guidance and details on the assessment and management of risk during maintenance. | |||
As required by the new License Condition 2.C.(47), the commitment to follow the Implementation Guidance and to follow the guidance contained in NUMARC 93-01 shall be incorporated into the licensee's UFSAR. By following the Implementation Guidance, the licensee will ensure that defense-in-depth is maintained for key safety functions by ensuring availability of Tier 2 systems/equipment necessary for safe shutdown. | As required by the new License Condition 2.C.(47), the commitment to follow the Implementation Guidance and to follow the guidance contained in NUMARC 93-01 shall be incorporated into the licensee's UFSAR. By following the Implementation Guidance, the licensee will ensure that defense-in-depth is maintained for key safety functions by ensuring availability of Tier 2 systems/equipment necessary for safe shutdown. | ||
3.3 The Licensee's Optional Changes and Variations The licensee's application dated November 8, 2013, states, in part, that TSTF-423 is based on NUREG-1434. | 3.3 The Licensee's Optional Changes and Variations The licensee's application dated November 8, 2013, states, in part, that TSTF-423 is based on NUREG-1434. GGNS, Unit 1, TS are based on NUREG-1434, but are not identical to this guidance. As a result, an adaption of TSTF-423 was required in some cases for incorporation into the GGNS, Unit 1, TS due to administrative differences in format (e.g., condition letter designation, etc.). | ||
GGNS, Unit 1, TS are based on NUREG-1434, but are not identical to this guidance. | Changes to individual line items to align with the provisions of TSTF-423 include the following: | ||
As a result, an adaption of TSTF-423 was required in some cases for incorporation into the GGNS, Unit 1, TS due to administrative differences in format (e.g., condition letter designation, etc.). Changes to individual line items to align with the provisions of TSTF-423 include the following: | : 1. Changes to GGNS TS 3.6.1.8, "Feedwater Leakage Control System (FWLCS)," are made in accordance with the changes made in TSTF-423 for Standard TS 3.6.1.8, "Penetration Valve Leakage Control System (PVLCS)" since the FWLCS at GGNS serves a similar purpose to that of the PVLCS described in NUREG-1434. These changes are consistent with TSTF-423 but require modification to the standard by revising GGNS TS 3.6.1.8 in place of TS 3.1.8 PVLCS. | ||
: 1. Changes to GGNS TS 3.6.1.8, "Feedwater Leakage Control System (FWLCS)," are made in accordance with the changes made in TSTF-423 for Standard TS 3.6.1.8, "Penetration Valve Leakage Control System (PVLCS)" since the FWLCS at GGNS serves a similar purpose to that of the PVLCS described in NUREG-1434. | : 2. Changes to GGNS TS 3.7.1 are needed to incorporate TSTF-423 line item TS 3.7.1. These changes are consistent with TSTF-423 but require modification to the standard. | ||
These changes are consistent with TSTF-423 but require modification to the standard by revising GGNS TS 3.6.1.8 in place of TS 3.1.8 PVLCS. 2. Changes to GGNS TS 3.7.1 are needed to incorporate TSTF-423 line item TS 3.7.1. These changes are consistent with TSTF-423 but require modification to the standard. | The proposed TS for GGNS will separate the shutdown actions into one addressing issues with a single division (revised action E), and one addressing issues with two divisions now designated as new action F (original action E). This allows the single division action to halt at Mode 3 while the remainder of the issues are addressed by the new action (action F), which maintains Mode 4 as an end state. The description of changes to the TS are as follows: | ||
The proposed TS for GGNS will separate the shutdown actions into one addressing issues with a single division (revised action E), and one addressing issues with two divisions now designated as new action F (original action E). This allows the single division action to halt at Mode 3 while the remainder of the issues are addressed by the new action (action F), which maintains Mode 4 as an end state. The description of changes to the TS are as follows: Revised CONDITION E of TSTF-423 TS 3.7.1 includes conditions which address a single division of Standby Service Water I Ultimate Heat Sink (SSW/UHS) with actions of 72 hours or longer applicable. | Revised CONDITION E of TSTF-423 TS 3.7.1 includes conditions which address a single division of Standby Service Water I Ultimate Heat Sink (SSW/UHS) with actions of 72 hours or longer applicable. To align the | ||
To align the | |||
Existing GGNS CONDITION D ensures alignment with the TSTF-423 TS 3.7.1 CONDITION B. Revised CONDITION E is for one division of SSW/UHS inoperable, with GGNS items A, C, or D not met. This is consistent with TSTF revised CONDITION C. CONDITION F (portion of former CONDITON E re-lettered) is revised to address conditions for both divisions of SSW/UHS inoperable. | GGNS actions with the scope of the TSTF, GGNS CONDITION Fis added to address both SSW subsystems being inoperable. Existing GGNS CONDITION D ensures alignment with the TSTF-423 TS 3.7.1 CONDITION B. | ||
This is consistent with TSTF-423 TS 3.7.1 revised CONDITION E. The following will also be addressed by this CONDITION: | Revised CONDITION E is for one division of SSW/UHS inoperable, with GGNS items A, C, or D not met. This is consistent with TSTF revised CONDITION C. | ||
CONDITION F (portion of former CONDITON E re-lettered) is revised to address conditions for both divisions of SSW/UHS inoperable. This is consistent with TSTF-423 TS 3.7.1 revised CONDITION E. The following will also be addressed by this CONDITION: | |||
Two UHS cooling towers with one or more cooling tower fans inoperable. | Two UHS cooling towers with one or more cooling tower fans inoperable. | ||
* UHS basin inoperable for reasons other than CONDITION C. 3. GGNS TS 3.7.3 Surveillance Requirement (SR) 3.7.3.3 frequency is changed from 18 to 24 months as GGNS has made application to transition from an 18 to a 24-month fuel cycle per "Grand Gulf License Amendment Request to Revise Technical Specifications and Surveillance Requirements to Support Operations with a 24-month fuel Cycle in Accordance with Generic Letter 91-04" (TAC ME9763, Accession No. | * UHS basin inoperable for reasons other than CONDITION C. | ||
CONDITION B already addresses two CRAC [control room air conditioning] | : 3. GGNS TS 3.7.3 Surveillance Requirement (SR) 3.7.3.3 frequency is changed from 18 to 24 months as GGNS has made application to transition from an 18 to a 24-month fuel cycle per "Grand Gulf License Amendment Request to Revise Technical Specifications and Surveillance Requirements to Support Operations with a 24-month fuel Cycle in Accordance with Generic Letter 91-04" (TAC ME9763, Accession No. ML12289A158). | ||
subsystems inoperable. | : 4. Changes to GGNS TS 3.7.4 are needed to incorporate TSTF-423 line item TS 3. 7.4. These changes are consistent with TSTF-423 but require modification to the standard. | ||
CONDITION B is revised to correct a typographical error in the designation of degrees Fahrenheit and has no technical impact on the submittal. | CONDITION B already addresses two CRAC [control room air conditioning] subsystems inoperable. CONDITION B is revised to correct a typographical error in the designation of degrees Fahrenheit and has no technical impact on the submittal. | ||
CONDITION C already addresses exceeding the CONDITON A and CONDITION B Completion Times, combining the TSTF-423 TS 3.7.4 CONDITION B and D actions. GGNS CONDITION C is revised to add the MODE 3 End State allowance in accordance with TSTF-423. | CONDITION C already addresses exceeding the CONDITON A and CONDITION B Completion Times, combining the TSTF-423 TS 3.7.4 CONDITION B and D actions. GGNS CONDITION C is revised to add the MODE 3 End State allowance in accordance with TSTF-423. The GGNS revision is consistent with TSTF-423 TS 3. 7.4 CONDITION B and CONDITION D. | ||
The GGNS revision is consistent with TSTF-423 TS 3. 7.4 CONDITION B and CONDITION D. 5. Changes to GGNS TS 3.7.5 are needed to incorporate TSTF-423 line item TS 3.7.5. These changes are consistent with TSTF-423 but require modification to the standard. | : 5. Changes to GGNS TS 3.7.5 are needed to incorporate TSTF-423 line item TS 3.7.5. These changes are consistent with TSTF-423 but require modification to the standard. | ||
CONDITION B does not have Required Action B.1 to isolate all main steam lines. GGNS specifications require the steam jet air ejector to be | CONDITION B does not have Required Action B.1 to isolate all main steam lines. GGNS specifications require the steam jet air ejector to be | ||
CONDITION 8 Required Action 8.2.1 is revised to incorporate the TSTF-423 End State allowance and renumbered 8.2. This is consistent with TSTF-423 TS 3.7.5 CONDITION 8 Action 8.3. 6. Changes to GGNS TS 3.8.4 are needed to incorporate TSTF-423 line item TS 3.8.4. These changes are consistent with TSTF-423, but require modification to the standard. | |||
CONDITION D of TS 3.8.4 addresses High Pressure Core Spray System inoperability if Division 3 Direct Current (DC) electrical power subsystem is inoperable. | isolated. CONDITION 8 Required Action 8.2.1 is revised to incorporate the TSTF-423 End State allowance and renumbered 8.2. This is consistent with TSTF-423 TS 3.7.5 CONDITION 8 Action 8.3. | ||
GGNS CONDITION D is revised to add the MODE 3 End State allowance in accordance with TSTF-423 and re-lettered as CONDITION E. As a result, current CONDITION E is re-lettered as CONDITION F and modified to address only the Division 3 DC electrical power subsystem. | : 6. Changes to GGNS TS 3.8.4 are needed to incorporate TSTF-423 line item TS 3.8.4. These changes are consistent with TSTF-423, but require modification to the standard. CONDITION D of TS 3.8.4 addresses High Pressure Core Spray System inoperability if Division 3 Direct Current (DC) electrical power subsystem is inoperable. GGNS CONDITION D is revised to add the MODE 3 End State allowance in accordance with TSTF-423 and re-lettered as CONDITION E. As a result, current CONDITION E is re-lettered as CONDITION F and modified to address only the Division 3 DC electrical power subsystem. The GGNS revision is consistent with TSTF-423 TS 3.8.4 CONDITION 8 and CONDITION D. | ||
The GGNS revision is consistent with TSTF-423 TS 3.8.4 CONDITION 8 and CONDITION D. 7. Changes to GGNS TS 3.8.7, "Distribution Systems-Operating," are needed to incorporate TSTF-423 line item TS 3.8.9. These changes are consistent with TSTF-423, but require modification to the standard. | : 7. Changes to GGNS TS 3.8.7, "Distribution Systems- Operating," are needed to incorporate TSTF-423 line item TS 3.8.9. These changes are consistent with TSTF-423, but require modification to the standard. | ||
GGNS CONDITION C is revised to incorporate the TSTF-423 End State allowance. | GGNS CONDITION C is revised to incorporate the TSTF-423 End State allowance. This is consistent with TSTF-423 TS 3.8.9 CONDITION D. | ||
This is consistent with TSTF-423 TS 3.8.9 CONDITION D. Note: TS 3.8.9 Distribution Systems-Operating is designated as TS 3.8.7 Distribution Systems-Operating in the Grand Gulf Technical Specifications. | Note: TS 3.8.9 Distribution Systems-Operating is designated as TS 3.8.7 Distribution Systems- Operating in the Grand Gulf Technical Specifications. | ||
In addition to changes discussed above, GGNS is not requesting changes to two of the line items identified in TSTF-423. | In addition to changes discussed above, GGNS is not requesting changes to two of the line items identified in TSTF-423. The TS 3.4.4 Safety Relief Valves (SRVs) change is not being requested due to an extended power uprate required change resulting in the existing specification being consistent with TSTF-423. | ||
The TS 3.4.4 Safety Relief Valves (SRVs) change is not being requested due to an extended power uprate required change resulting in the existing specification being consistent with TSTF-423. | The change to TS 3.8.7 "Inverters - Operating" is not being requested due to GGNS current specifications not containing an equivalent section 3.8.7. | ||
The change to TS 3.8.7 "Inverters | The licensee's Optional Changes and Variations stated above are addressed in the licensee's proposed changes to its specific TS LCOs identified below, and in the NRC's assessment of the changes. | ||
-Operating" is not being requested due to GGNS current specifications not containing an equivalent section 3.8.7. The licensee's Optional Changes and Variations stated above are addressed in the licensee's proposed changes to its specific TS LCOs identified below, and in the NRC's assessment of the changes. 3.4 Assessment of TS Changes Adoption of TSTF-423 requires the following NOTE be added to each Required Action where the end state is changed to Mode 3: "LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3." The addition of this NOTE is acceptable because it prevents an inappropriate use of the LCO 3.0.4.a allowance to go up in Mode with the specified system being inoperable. | 3.4 Assessment of TS Changes Adoption of TSTF-423 requires the following NOTE be added to each Required Action where the end state is changed to Mode 3: "LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3." | ||
Since the basis for the NOTE is the same for all affected LCOs, the NRC staff's discussion on the basis for acceptance is not repeated in each assessment below. 3.4.1 LCO 3.3.8.2: Reactor Protection System (RPS) Electric Power Monitoring The RPS Electric Power Monitoring System is provided to isolate the RPS bus from the normal uninterruptible power supply or an alternate power supply in the event of over voltage, under voltage, or under frequency. | The addition of this NOTE is acceptable because it prevents an inappropriate use of the LCO 3.0.4.a allowance to go up in Mode with the specified system being inoperable. Since the basis for the NOTE is the same for all affected LCOs, the NRC staff's discussion on the basis for acceptance is not repeated in each assessment below. | ||
This system protects the load connected to the RPS bus against unacceptable voltage and frequency conditions and forms an important part of the primary success path of the essential safety circuits. | |||
Some of the essential equipment powered from the RPS buses include the RPS logic, scram solenoids, and various valve isolation logic. The TS change allows the plant to remain in Mode 3 until the repairs are completed. | 3.4.1 LCO 3.3.8.2: Reactor Protection System (RPS) Electric Power Monitoring The RPS Electric Power Monitoring System is provided to isolate the RPS bus from the normal uninterruptible power supply or an alternate power supply in the event of over voltage, under voltage, or under frequency. This system protects the load connected to the RPS bus against unacceptable voltage and frequency conditions and forms an important part of the primary success path of the essential safety circuits. Some of the essential equipment powered from the RPS buses include the RPS logic, scram solenoids, and various valve isolation logic. The TS change allows the plant to remain in Mode 3 until the repairs are completed. | ||
LCO: For Modes 1, 2, and 3, and Modes 4 and 5 (with any control rod withdrawn from a core cell containing one or more fuel assemblies), two RPS electric power monitoring assemblies shall be OPERABLE for each in-service RPS motor generator set, or alternate power supply. Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If the LCO cannot be met, the associated in-service power supply(s) must be removed from service within 1 hour (Required Action B.1 ). In Modes 1, 2, and 3, if the in-service power supply(s) cannot be removed from service within the allotted time, the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours and Mode 4 within 36 hours (Required Actions C.1 and C.2). Modification for End State Required Actions: The change allows the plant to remain in Mode 3 until the repair actions are completed. | LCO: For Modes 1, 2, and 3, and Modes 4 and 5 (with any control rod withdrawn from a core cell containing one or more fuel assemblies), two RPS electric power monitoring assemblies shall be OPERABLE for each in-service RPS motor generator set, or alternate power supply. | ||
Required Action C.2, which required the plant to be in Mode 4, is deleted allowing the plant to stay in MODE 3 while completing repairs. Assessment: | Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If the LCO cannot be met, the associated in-service power supply(s) must be removed from service within 1 hour (Required Action B.1 ). In Modes 1, 2, and 3, if the in-service power supply(s) cannot be removed from service within the allotted time, the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours and Mode 4 within 36 hours (Required Actions C.1 and C.2). | ||
To reach Mode 3, per the TS, there must be a functioning power supply with degraded protective circuitry in operation. | Modification for End State Required Actions: The change allows the plant to remain in Mode 3 until the repair actions are completed. Required Action C.2, which required the plant to be in Mode 4, is deleted allowing the plant to stay in MODE 3 while completing repairs. | ||
However, the over voltage, under voltage, or under frequency condition must exist for an extended time period to cause damage. There is a low probability of this occurring in the short period of time that the plant would remain in Mode 3 without this protection. | Assessment: To reach Mode 3, per the TS, there must be a functioning power supply with degraded protective circuitry in operation. However, the over voltage, under voltage, or under frequency condition must exist for an extended time period to cause damage. There is a low probability of this occurring in the short period of time that the plant would remain in Mode 3 without this protection. | ||
The specific failure condition of interest is not risk-significant for BWR PRAs. If the required restoration actions cannot be completed within the specified time, going into Mode 4 at GGNS would cause loss of the high-pressure reactor core isolation cooling (RCIC) system and loss of the power conversion system (condenser/feedwater), and would require activating the RHR system. In addition, emergency operating procedures (EOPs) direct the operator to take control of the depressurization function if low-pressure injection/spray systems are needed for reactor pressure vessel (RPV) water makeup and cooling. Based on the low probability of loss of the RPS power monitoring system during the infrequent and limited time in Mode 3 and the number of systems available in Mode 3, the NRC staff concludes that the risks of staying in Mode 3 are approximately the same as, and in some cases, lower than the risks of going to the Mode 4 end state; therefore, the change is acceptable. | The specific failure condition of interest is not risk-significant for BWR PRAs. If the required restoration actions cannot be completed within the specified time, going into Mode 4 at GGNS would cause loss of the high-pressure reactor core isolation cooling (RCIC) system and loss of the power conversion system (condenser/feedwater), and would require activating the RHR system. In addition, emergency operating procedures (EOPs) direct the operator to take control of the depressurization function if low-pressure injection/spray systems are needed for reactor pressure vessel (RPV) water makeup and cooling. | ||
3.4.2 LCO 3.5.1: Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) -Operating The ECCS provides cooling water to the core in the event of a loss-of-coolant accident (LOCA). This set of ECCS TS provides the operability requirements for the various ECCS subsystems as | Based on the low probability of loss of the RPS power monitoring system during the infrequent and limited time in Mode 3 and the number of systems available in Mode 3, the NRC staff concludes that the risks of staying in Mode 3 are approximately the same as, and in some cases, lower than the risks of going to the Mode 4 end state; therefore, the change is acceptable. | ||
The reactor is not depressurized. | 3.4.2 LCO 3.5.1: Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) - Operating The ECCS provides cooling water to the core in the event of a loss-of-coolant accident (LOCA). | ||
This set of ECCS TS provides the operability requirements for the various ECCS subsystems as | |||
described below. This TS change would delete the secondary actions. The plant can remain in Mode 3 until the required repair actions are completed. The reactor is not depressurized. | |||
LCO: Each ECCS injection/spray subsystem and the Automatic Depressurization System (ADS) function of eight safety/relief valves shall be OPERABLE. | LCO: Each ECCS injection/spray subsystem and the Automatic Depressurization System (ADS) function of eight safety/relief valves shall be OPERABLE. | ||
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If the LCO cannot be met, the following actions must be taken for the listed conditions: | Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If the LCO cannot be met, the following actions must be taken for the listed conditions: | ||
: a. If one low-pressure ECCS injection/spray subsystem is inoperable, the subsystem must be restored to operable status in 7 days (Condition A). b. If the high-pressure core spray (HPCS) system is inoperable, restore to operable status within 14 days (Condition B). c. Two ECCS injection subsystems inoperable or one ECCS injection and one ECCS spray subsystem inoperable. | : a. If one low-pressure ECCS injection/spray subsystem is inoperable, the subsystem must be restored to operable status in 7 days (Condition A). | ||
One ECCS subsystem must be restored to operable status within 72 hours (Condition C). d. If the Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A, 8, or C is not met, then place the plant in Mode 3 within 12 hours and in Mode 4 within 36 hours (Condition D). e. If one ADS valve is inoperable, it must be restored to operable status within 14 days (Condition E). f. If one ADS valve is inoperable and one low pressure ECCS injection/spray subsystem inoperable, the ADS valve must be restored to operable status within 72 hours or the low-pressure ECCS injection/spray subsystem must be restored to operable status within 72 hours (Condition F). g. If two or more ADS valves become inoperable, or the Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition E or F is not met, the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours and the reactor steam dome pressure reduced to less than or equal to 150 psig within 36 hours (Condition G). h. If HPCS and low-pressure core spray (LPCS) systems inoperable, or three or more ECCS injection/spray subsystems inoperable or HPCS System and one or more ADS valves inoperable or two or more ECCS injection/spray subsystems and one or more ADS valves are inoperable, LCO 3.0.3 must be entered immediately (Condition H). Modification for End State Required Actions: a. No change in Required Actions for Conditions A through C. b. If the Required Action, and associated Completion Time of Condition A, 8, or C is not met, then place the plant in Mode 3 within 12 hours (Condition D.1 ). Required Action D.2 is deleted, allowing the plant to stay in Mode 3 while completing repairs. c. No change in Required Actions for Conditions E and F. d. A revised Condition G specifies that if two or more ADS valves become inoperable, or the Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition E or F is not met then place the plant in Mode 3 within 12 hours (G.1 ). Required Action G.2 is deleted allowing the plant to stay in Mode 3 while completing repairs. Assessment: | : b. If the high-pressure core spray (HPCS) system is inoperable, restore to operable status within 14 days (Condition B). | ||
The BWROG performed a comparative PRA evaluation in TR NEDC-32988-A of the core damage risks of operation in the current end state and the MODE 3 end state. The NRC staff's conclusion described in the September 27, 2002, SE for the TR (Reference | : c. Two ECCS injection subsystems inoperable or one ECCS injection and one ECCS spray subsystem inoperable. One ECCS subsystem must be restored to operable status within 72 hours (Condition C). | ||
: d. If the Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A, 8, or C is not met, then place the plant in Mode 3 within 12 hours and in Mode 4 within 36 hours (Condition D). | |||
3.4.3 LCO 3.6.1.6: Low-Low Set (LLS) Valves The function of the LLS valves is to prevent excessive short-duration SRV cycling during an overpressure event. This TS provides operability requirements for the five SRVs, as described below. LCO: The LLS function of six safety/relief valves shall be OPERABLE. | : e. If one ADS valve is inoperable, it must be restored to operable status within 14 days (Condition E). | ||
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If one LLS valve is inoperable, it must be returned to operability within 14 days. If the LLS valve cannot be returned to operable status within the allotted time, the plant must be placed in MODE 3 within 12 hours and in Mode 4 within 36 hours. Modification for End State Required Actions: The TS change would keep the plant in Mode 3 until the required repair actions are completed. | : f. If one ADS valve is inoperable and one low pressure ECCS injection/spray subsystem inoperable, the ADS valve must be restored to operable status within 72 hours or the low-pressure ECCS injection/spray subsystem must be restored to operable status within 72 hours (Condition F). | ||
The plant would not be taken into Mode 4 (cold shutdown) (delete Required Action B.2). Required Action for both LLS valves inoperable was changed from Condition B to new Condition C without changing the Required Action End State. Assessment: | : g. If two or more ADS valves become inoperable, or the Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition E or F is not met, the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours and the reactor steam dome pressure reduced to less than or equal to 150 psig within 36 hours (Condition G). | ||
The BWROG performed a comparative PRA evaluation in TR NEDC-32988-A of the core damage risks of operation in the current end state and the Mode 3 end state. The NRC staff's conclusion described in the September 27, 2002, SE for the TR (Reference | : h. If HPCS and low-pressure core spray (LPCS) systems inoperable, or three or more ECCS injection/spray subsystems inoperable or HPCS System and one or more ADS valves inoperable or two or more ECCS injection/spray subsystems and one or more ADS valves are inoperable, LCO 3.0.3 must be entered immediately (Condition H). | ||
Modification for End State Required Actions: | |||
The plant | : a. No change in Required Actions for Conditions A through C. | ||
3.4.4 LCO 3.6.1.7: Residual Heat Removal (RHR) Containment Spray The primary containment must be able to withstand a postulated bypass leakage pathway that allows the passage of steam from the drywell directly into the primary containment airspace, bypassing the suppression pool. The primary containment also must be able to withstand a low energy steam release into the primary containment airspace. | : b. If the Required Action, and associated Completion Time of Condition A, 8, or C is not met, then place the plant in Mode 3 within 12 hours (Condition D.1 ). Required Action D.2 is deleted, allowing the plant to stay in Mode 3 while completing repairs. | ||
The RHR containment spray system is designed to mitigate the effects of bypass leakage and low energy line breaks. LCO: Two RHR containment spray subsystems shall be operable. | : c. No change in Required Actions for Conditions E and F. | ||
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If one RHR containment spray subsystem is inoperable, it must be restored to operable status within 7 days (Required Action A.1). If two RHR containment spray subsystems are inoperable, one of them must be restored to operable status within 8 hours (Required Action B.1 ). If the RHR containment spray system cannot be restored to operable status within the allotted time, the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours (Required Action C.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours (Required Action C.2). Modification for End State Required Actions: Delete Required Action C.2. Assessment: | : d. A revised Condition G specifies that if two or more ADS valves become inoperable, or the Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition E or F is not met then place the plant in Mode 3 within 12 hours (G.1 ). Required Action G.2 is deleted allowing the plant to stay in Mode 3 while completing repairs. | ||
The primary containment is designed with a suppression pool so that, in the event of a LOCA, steam released from the primary system is channeled through the suppression pool water and condensed without producing significant pressurization of the primary containment. The primary containment is designed so that with the pool initially at the minimum water level and the worst single failure of the primary containment heat removal systems, suppression pool energy absorption combined with subsequent operator controlled pool cooling will prevent the primary containment pressure from exceeding its design value. However, the primary containment must also withstand a postulated bypass leakage pathway that allows the passage of steam from the drywell directly into the primary containment airspace, bypassing the suppression pool. The primary containment also must withstand a postulated low energy steam release into the primary containment airspace. | Assessment: The BWROG performed a comparative PRA evaluation in TR NEDC-32988-A of the core damage risks of operation in the current end state and the MODE 3 end state. The NRC staff's conclusion described in the September 27, 2002, SE for the TR (Reference 13) on BWROG's PRA evaluation, indicates that the core damage risks are lower in Mode 3 than in the current end state Mode 4. For GGNS, going to Mode 4 for one ECCS subsystem or one ADS valve would cause loss of the high-pressure core cooling RCIC system, and loss of the power conversion system (condenser/feedwater), and would require activating the RHR system. In addition, plant EOPs direct the operator to take control of the depressurization function if low-pressure injection/spray systems are needed for RPV water makeup and cooling. | ||
The main function of the RHR containment spray system is to suppress steam, which is postulated to be released into the primary containment airspace through a bypass leakage pathway and a low energy line break under design-basis accident (OBA) conditions, without producing significant pressurization of the primary containment (i.e., ensure that the pressure inside primary containment remains within analyzed design limits). Under the conditions assumed in the OBA, steam blown down from the break could find its way into the primary containment through a bypass leakage pathway. In addition to the OBA, a postulated low energy pipe break could add more steam into the primary containment | Based on the low probability of loss of the reactor coolant inventory and the number of systems available in Mode 3, the NRC staff concludes that the risks of staying in Mode 3 are approximately the same as and in some cases lower than the risks of going to the Mode 4 end state; therefore, the change is acceptable. | ||
Under such an extremely unlikely scenario (very small frequency of a DBA combined with the likelihood of a bypass pathway and a concurrent low energy pipe brake inside the primary containment), the RHR containment spray system could be needed to condense steam so that the pressure inside the primary containment remains within the analyzed design limits. Furthermore, containments have considerable margin to failure above the design limit (it is very likely that the containment will be able to withstand pressures as much as three times the design limit). For these reasons, the unavailability of one or both RHR containment spray subsystems has no significant impact on CDF or LERF, even for accidents initiated during operation at power. Therefore, it is very unlikely that the RHR containment spray system will be challenged to mitigate an accident occurring during power operation. | 3.4.3 LCO 3.6.1.6: Low-Low Set (LLS) Valves The function of the LLS valves is to prevent excessive short-duration SRV cycling during an overpressure event. This TS provides operability requirements for the five SRVs, as described below. | ||
This probability becomes extremely unlikely for accidents that would occur during a small fraction of the year (less than 3 days) during which the plant would be in Mode 3 (associated with lower initial energy level and reduced decay heat load as compared to power operation) to repair the failed RHR containment spray system. Section 5.1 in the NRC staff's September 27, 2002, SE for the TR (Reference | LCO: The LLS function of six safety/relief valves shall be OPERABLE. | ||
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If one LLS valve is inoperable, it must be returned to operability within 14 days. If the LLS valve cannot be returned to operable status within the allotted time, the plant must be placed in MODE 3 within 12 hours and in Mode 4 within 36 hours. | |||
Section 5.2 in Reference 13, makes a comparison between the current (Mode 4) and the proposed (Mode 3) end state, with respect to the means available to perform critical functions (i.e., functions contributing to the in-depth philosophy) whose success is needed to prevent core damage and containment failure and mitigate radiation releases. | Modification for End State Required Actions: The TS change would keep the plant in Mode 3 until the required repair actions are completed. The plant would not be taken into Mode 4 (cold shutdown) (delete Required Action B.2). Required Action for both LLS valves inoperable was changed from Condition B to new Condition C without changing the Required Action End State. | ||
The risk and defense-in-depth arguments, used according to the "integrated decision-making" process of RGs 1.174 and 1.177, support the conclusion that Mode 3 is as safe as Mode 4 (if not safer) for repairing an inoperable RHR containment spray system. Since the time spent in Mode 3 to perform the repair is infrequent and limited, and in light of defense-in-depth considerations, the proposed change is acceptable. | Assessment: The BWROG performed a comparative PRA evaluation in TR NEDC- 32988-A of the core damage risks of operation in the current end state and the Mode 3 end state. The NRC staff's conclusion described in the September 27, 2002, SE for the TR (Reference 13) on BWROG's PRA evaluation, indicates that the core damage risks are lower in Mode 3 than in Mode 4, the current end state. For GGNS, going to Mode 4 for one LLS inoperable SRV would cause loss of the high-pressure RCIC system, and loss of the power conversion system (condenser/feedwater), and would require activating the RHR system. With one LLS valve inoperable, the remaining valves are adequate to perform the required function. The plant | ||
3.4.5 LCO 3.6.1.8: Feedwater Leakage Control System (FWLCS) By letter dated November 8, 2013, the licensee's Optional Change No. 1 states that: Changes to GGNS TS 3.6.1.8, "Feedwater Leakage Control System (FWLCS)," are made in accordance with the changes made in TSTF-423 for Standard TS 3.6, 1.8, "Penetration Valve Leakage Control System (PVLCS)" since the FWLCS at GGNS serves a similar purpose to that of the PVLCS described in NUREG-1434. | |||
These changes are consistent with TSTF-423 but require modification to the standard by revising GGNS TS 3.6.1.8 in place of TS 3.1.8 PVLCS. A comparison of GGNS TS LCO 3.6.1.8 requirements for FWLCS versus those for STS LCO 3.6.1.8, for PVLCS, shows similarities between the two systems, hence, TSTF-423 changes for PVLCS are applicable to the GGNS FWLCS. The FWLCS supplements the isolation function of primary containment isolation valves (PCIVs) in the feedwater lines that also penetrate the secondary containment. | EOPs direct the operator to take control of the depressurization function if low-pressure injection/spray systems are needed for RPV water makeup and cooling. | ||
These penetrations are | Based on the low probability of loss of the necessary overpressure protection function during the infrequent and limited time in Mode 3 and the number of systems available in Mode 3, the NRC staff concludes that the risks of staying in Mode 3 are approximately the same as and in some cases lower than the risks of going to the Mode 4 end state; therefore, the proposed change is acceptable. | ||
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If one FWLCS subsystem is inoperable, it must be restored to operable status within 30 days (Required Action A.1 ). If two FWLCS subsystems are inoperable, one of the FWLCS subsystems must be restored to operable status within 7 days (Required Action B.1 ). If the FWLCS subsystem cannot be restored to operable status within the allotted time, the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours (Required Action C.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours (Required Action C.2). Modification for End State Required Actions: Delete Required Action C.2. Assessment: | 3.4.4 LCO 3.6.1.7: Residual Heat Removal (RHR) Containment Spray The primary containment must be able to withstand a postulated bypass leakage pathway that allows the passage of steam from the drywell directly into the primary containment airspace, bypassing the suppression pool. The primary containment also must be able to withstand a low energy steam release into the primary containment airspace. The RHR containment spray system is designed to mitigate the effects of bypass leakage and low energy line breaks. | ||
The BWROG has determined that this system is not significant in BWR PRAs. The unavailability of one or both FWLCS subsystems has no impact on CDF or LERF, independently of the mode of operation at the time of the accident. | LCO: Two RHR containment spray subsystems shall be operable. | ||
Furthermore, the challenge frequency of the FWLC system (i.e., the frequency with which the system is expected to be challenged to prevent fission products leaking past the isolation valves and bypassing the secondary containment) is less than 1.0E-6/yr. | Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If one RHR containment spray subsystem is inoperable, it must be restored to operable status within 7 days (Required Action A.1). If two RHR containment spray subsystems are inoperable, one of them must be restored to operable status within 8 hours (Required Action B.1 ). If the RHR containment spray system cannot be restored to operable status within the allotted time, the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours (Required Action C.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours (Required Action C.2). | ||
Consequently, the conditional probability that this system will be challenged during the repair time interval while the plant is at either the current or the proposed end state (i.e., Mode 4 or Mode 3, respectively) is less than 1.0E-8. This probability is considerably smaller than the probabilities considered "negligible" in RG 1.177 for much higher consequence risks, such as large early release. Section 5.1 in the NRC staff's September 27, 2002, SE for the TR (Reference | Modification for End State Required Actions: Delete Required Action C.2. | ||
Assessment: The primary containment is designed with a suppression pool so that, in the event of a LOCA, steam released from the primary system is channeled through the suppression pool water and condensed without producing significant pressurization of the primary containment. The primary containment is designed so that with the pool initially at the minimum water level and the worst single failure of the primary containment heat removal systems, suppression pool energy absorption combined with subsequent operator controlled pool cooling will prevent the primary containment pressure from exceeding its design value. | |||
Section 5.2 in Reference 13 makes a comparison between the current (Mode 4) and the proposed (Mode 3) end state, with respect to the means available to perform critical functions (i.e., functions contributing to the defense-in-depth philosophy) whose success is needed to prevent core damage and containment failure and mitigate radiation releases. | However, the primary containment must also withstand a postulated bypass leakage pathway that allows the passage of steam from the drywell directly into the primary containment airspace, bypassing the suppression pool. The primary containment also must withstand a postulated low energy steam release into the primary containment airspace. The main function of the RHR containment spray system is to suppress steam, which is postulated to be released into the primary containment airspace through a bypass leakage pathway and a low energy line break under design-basis accident (OBA) conditions, without producing significant pressurization of the primary containment (i.e., ensure that the pressure inside primary containment remains within analyzed design limits). | ||
The risk and defense-in-depth arguments, used according to the "integrated decision-making" process of RGs 1. | Under the conditions assumed in the OBA, steam blown down from the break could find its way into the primary containment through a bypass leakage pathway. In addition to the OBA, a postulated low energy pipe break could add more steam into the primary containment | ||
3.4.6 LCO 3.6.1.9: Main Steam Isolation Valve (MSIV) Leakage Control System (LCS) The MSIV LCS supplements the isolation function of the MSIVs by processing the fission products that could leak through the closed MSIVs after core damage, assuming leakage rate limits, which are based on a large LOCA. LCO: Two MSIV LCS subsystems shall be operable. | |||
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If one MSIV LCS subsystem is inoperable, it must be restored to operable status within 30 days (Required Action A.1 ). If both MSIV LCS subsystems are inoperable, one of the MSIV LCS subsystems must be restored to operable status within 7 days (Required Action 8.1 ). If the MSIV LCS subsystems cannot be restored to operable status within the allotted time, the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours (Required Action C.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours (Required Action C.2). Modification for End State Required Actions: The plant would not be taken into Mode 4, (delete Required Action C.2). Assessment: | airspace. Under such an extremely unlikely scenario (very small frequency of a DBA combined with the likelihood of a bypass pathway and a concurrent low energy pipe brake inside the primary containment), the RHR containment spray system could be needed to condense steam so that the pressure inside the primary containment remains within the analyzed design limits. Furthermore, containments have considerable margin to failure above the design limit (it is very likely that the containment will be able to withstand pressures as much as three times the design limit). For these reasons, the unavailability of one or both RHR containment spray subsystems has no significant impact on CDF or LERF, even for accidents initiated during operation at power. Therefore, it is very unlikely that the RHR containment spray system will be challenged to mitigate an accident occurring during power operation. | ||
The BWROG has determined that this system is not significant in BWR PRAs and, based on a BWROG program, many plants have eliminated the system altogether. | This probability becomes extremely unlikely for accidents that would occur during a small fraction of the year (less than 3 days) during which the plant would be in Mode 3 (associated with lower initial energy level and reduced decay heat load as compared to power operation) to repair the failed RHR containment spray system. | ||
The unavailability of one or both MSIV LCS subsystems has no impact on CDF or LERF, independently of the mode of operation at the time of the accident. | Section 5.1 in the NRC staff's September 27, 2002, SE for the TR (Reference 13) summarizes the NRC staff's risk basis for approval of TS 4.5.2.6 and LCO 3.6.1.7, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) Containment Spray System." The argument for staying in Mode 3 instead of going to Mode 4 to repair the RHR containment spray system (one or both trains) is also supported by defense-in-depth considerations. Section 5.2 in Reference 13, makes a comparison between the current (Mode 4) and the proposed (Mode 3) end state, with respect to the means available to perform critical functions (i.e., functions contributing to the defense-in-depth philosophy) whose success is needed to prevent core damage and containment failure and mitigate radiation releases. The risk and defense-in-depth arguments, used according to the "integrated decision-making" process of RGs 1.174 and 1.177, support the conclusion that Mode 3 is as safe as Mode 4 (if not safer) for repairing an inoperable RHR containment spray system. Since the time spent in Mode 3 to perform the repair is infrequent and limited, and in light of defense-in-depth considerations, the proposed change is acceptable. | ||
Furthermore, the challenge frequency of the MSIV LCS system (i.e., the frequency with which the system is expected to be challenged to mitigate offsite radiation releases resulting from MSIV leaks above TS limits) is less than 1.0E-6/yr. | 3.4.5 LCO 3.6.1.8: Feedwater Leakage Control System (FWLCS) | ||
Consequently, the conditional probability that this system will be challenged during the repair time interval while the plant is at either the current or the proposed end state (i.e., Mode 4 or Mode 3, respectively) is less than 1.0E-8. This probability is considerably smaller than probabilities considered "negligible" in RG 1.177 for much higher consequence risks, such as a large early release. Section 5.1 in the NRC staff's September 27, 2002, SE for the TR (Reference 13), summarizes the NRC staff's risk basis for approval of TSs 4.5.1.9, 4.5.2.8, and LCO 3.6.1.9, "Main Steam Isolation Valve (MSIV) Leakage Control System (LCS)." The argument for staying in Mode 3 instead of going to Mode 4 to repair the MS-PLCS system (one or both trains) is also supported by defense-in-depth considerations. | By letter dated November 8, 2013, the licensee's Optional Change No. 1 states that: | ||
Section 5.2 in Reference 13, makes a comparison between the current (Mode 3) and the proposed (Mode 4) end state, with respect to the means available to perform critical functions (i.e., functions contributing to the defense-in-depth philosophy), whose success is needed to prevent core damage and containment failure and mitigate radiation releases. | Changes to GGNS TS 3.6.1.8, "Feedwater Leakage Control System (FWLCS)," | ||
The risk and defense-in-depth arguments, used according to the "integrated decision-making" process of RGs 1. | are made in accordance with the changes made in TSTF-423 for Standard TS 3.6, 1.8, "Penetration Valve Leakage Control System (PVLCS)" since the FWLCS at GGNS serves a similar purpose to that of the PVLCS described in NUREG-1434. These changes are consistent with TSTF-423 but require modification to the standard by revising GGNS TS 3.6.1.8 in place of TS 3.1.8 PVLCS. | ||
3.4.7 LCO 3.6.2.3: Residual Heat Removal (RHR) Suppression Pool Cooling Following a OBA, the RHR Suppression Pool Cooling System removes heat from the suppression pool. The suppression pool is designed to absorb the sudden input of heat from the primary system. In the long term, the pool continues to absorb residual heat generated by fuel in the reactor core. Some means must be provided to remove heat from the suppression pool so that the temperature inside the primary containment remains within design limits. At GGNS, this function is provided by two redundant RHR suppression pool cooling subsystems. LCO: Two RHR suppression pool cooling subsystems shall be OPERABLE. | A comparison of GGNS TS LCO 3.6.1.8 requirements for FWLCS versus those for STS LCO 3.6.1.8, for PVLCS, shows similarities between the two systems, hence, TSTF-423 changes for PVLCS are applicable to the GGNS FWLCS. | ||
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If one RHR suppression pool cooling subsystem is inoperable (Condition A), it must be restored to operable status within 7 days (Required Action A.1). If two RHR suppression pool cooling subsystems are inoperable (Condition B), restore one RHR suppression pool cooling subsystem to OPERABLE status within 8 hours. If the RHR suppression pool cooling subsystem cannot be restored to operable status within the allotted time (Condition C), the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours (Required Action C.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours (Required Action C.2). Modification for End State Required Actions: Current Required Action C.2 is deleted allowing the plant to stay in Mode 3 while completing repairs. A new Condition B and Required Action B.1 are added for one RHR suppression pool cooling subsystem inoperable. | The FWLCS supplements the isolation function of primary containment isolation valves (PCIVs) in the feedwater lines that also penetrate the secondary containment. These penetrations are | ||
Current Condition B has been renumbered to Condition C with Required Action C.1. Current Condition C for two RHR suppression pool cooling subsystems inoperable has been renumbered to Condition 0 with Required Actions 0.1 and 0.2, identical to existing Condition C, with Required Actions C.1 and C.2, to maintain existing requirements unchanged. | |||
Assessment: | sealed by water from the FWLCS to prevent fission products leaking past the isolation valves and bypassing the secondary containment after a OBA LOCA. | ||
The BWROG completed a comparative PRA evaluation of the core damage risks of operation in the current end state versus operation in the Mode 3 end state. The results described in TR NEOC-32988-A and as evaluated by the NRC staff in the associated September 27, 2002, SE (Reference 13), indicated that the core damage risks while operating in Mode 3 (assuming the individual failure conditions) are lower or comparable to the current end state. One loop of the RHR suppression pool cooling system is sufficient to accomplish the required safety function. | LCO: Two FWLCS subsystems shall be operable. | ||
By remaining in Mode 3, HPCS, RCIC, and the power conversion system (condensate/feedwater) remain available for water makeup and decay heat removal. Additionally, the plant EOPs direct the operators to take control of the depressurization function if low-pressure injection/spray are needed for RCS makeup and cooling. Since depth is improved with respect to water makeup and decay heat removal by remaining in Mode 3, the change is acceptable. | Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If one FWLCS subsystem is inoperable, it must be restored to operable status within 30 days (Required Action A.1 ). If two FWLCS subsystems are inoperable, one of the FWLCS subsystems must be restored to operable status within 7 days (Required Action B.1 ). If the FWLCS subsystem cannot be restored to operable status within the allotted time, the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours (Required Action C.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours (Required Action C.2). | ||
3.4.8 LCO 3.6.4.1: Secondary Containment | Modification for End State Required Actions: Delete Required Action C.2. | ||
-Operating Following a DBA, the function of the secondary containment is to contain, dilute, and stop radioactivity (mostly fission products) that may leak from primary containment. | Assessment: The BWROG has determined that this system is not significant in BWR PRAs. | ||
Its leak tightness is required to ensure that the release of radioactivity from the primary containment is restricted to those leakage paths and associated leakage rates assumed in the accident analysis and that fission products entrapped within the secondary containment structure will be treated by the standby gas treatment system prior to discharge to the environment. | The unavailability of one or both FWLCS subsystems has no impact on CDF or LERF, independently of the mode of operation at the time of the accident. Furthermore, the challenge frequency of the FWLC system (i.e., the frequency with which the system is expected to be challenged to prevent fission products leaking past the isolation valves and bypassing the secondary containment) is less than 1.0E-6/yr. Consequently, the conditional probability that this system will be challenged during the repair time interval while the plant is at either the current or the proposed end state (i.e., Mode 4 or Mode 3, respectively) is less than 1.0E-8. | ||
This probability is considerably smaller than the probabilities considered "negligible" in RG 1.177 for much higher consequence risks, such as large early release. | |||
Section 5.1 in the NRC staff's September 27, 2002, SE for the TR (Reference 13) summarizes the NRC staff's risk basis for approval of TS 4.5.2.7 and LCO 3.6.1.8, "Penetration Valve Leakage Control System (PVLCS)," (as stated above, PVLCS function is similar to the GGNS FWLCS). The argument for staying in Mode 3 instead of going to Mode 4 to repair the FWLCS system (one or both trains) is also supported by defense-in-depth considerations. | |||
Section 5.2 in Reference 13 makes a comparison between the current (Mode 4) and the proposed (Mode 3) end state, with respect to the means available to perform critical functions (i.e., functions contributing to the defense-in-depth philosophy) whose success is needed to prevent core damage and containment failure and mitigate radiation releases. The risk and defense-in-depth arguments, used according to the "integrated decision-making" process of RGs 1.174 and 1.177, support the conclusion that Mode 3 is as safe as Mode 4 (if not safer) for repairing an inoperable FWLCS system. Since the time spent in Mode 3 to perform the repair is infrequent and limited, and in light of defense-in-depth considerations, the proposed change is acceptable. | |||
3.4.6 LCO 3.6.1.9: Main Steam Isolation Valve (MSIV) Leakage Control System (LCS) | |||
The MSIV LCS supplements the isolation function of the MSIVs by processing the fission products that could leak through the closed MSIVs after core damage, assuming leakage rate limits, which are based on a large LOCA. | |||
LCO: Two MSIV LCS subsystems shall be operable. | |||
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If one MSIV LCS subsystem is inoperable, it must be restored to operable status within 30 days (Required Action A.1 ). If both MSIV LCS subsystems are inoperable, one of the MSIV LCS subsystems must be restored to operable status within 7 days (Required Action 8.1 ). If the MSIV LCS subsystems cannot be restored to operable status within the allotted time, the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours (Required Action C.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours (Required Action C.2). | |||
Modification for End State Required Actions: The plant would not be taken into Mode 4, (delete Required Action C.2). | |||
Assessment: The BWROG has determined that this system is not significant in BWR PRAs and, based on a BWROG program, many plants have eliminated the system altogether. The unavailability of one or both MSIV LCS subsystems has no impact on CDF or LERF, independently of the mode of operation at the time of the accident. Furthermore, the challenge frequency of the MSIV LCS system (i.e., the frequency with which the system is expected to be challenged to mitigate offsite radiation releases resulting from MSIV leaks above TS limits) is less than 1.0E-6/yr. Consequently, the conditional probability that this system will be challenged during the repair time interval while the plant is at either the current or the proposed end state (i.e., Mode 4 or Mode 3, respectively) is less than 1.0E-8. This probability is considerably smaller than probabilities considered "negligible" in RG 1.177 for much higher consequence risks, such as a large early release. | |||
Section 5.1 in the NRC staff's September 27, 2002, SE for the TR (Reference 13), summarizes the NRC staff's risk basis for approval of TSs 4.5.1.9, 4.5.2.8, and LCO 3.6.1.9, "Main Steam Isolation Valve (MSIV) Leakage Control System (LCS)." The argument for staying in Mode 3 instead of going to Mode 4 to repair the MS-PLCS system (one or both trains) is also supported by defense-in-depth considerations. Section 5.2 in Reference 13, makes a comparison between the current (Mode 3) and the proposed (Mode 4) end state, with respect to the means available to perform critical functions (i.e., functions contributing to the defense-in-depth philosophy), whose success is needed to prevent core damage and containment failure and mitigate radiation releases. The risk and defense-in-depth arguments, used according to the "integrated decision-making" process of RGs 1.174 and 1.177, support the conclusion that Mode 3 is as safe as Mode 4 (if not safer) for repairing an inoperable MSIV LCS system; therefore, the NRC staff concludes that the proposed change is acceptable. | |||
3.4.7 LCO 3.6.2.3: Residual Heat Removal (RHR) Suppression Pool Cooling Following a OBA, the RHR Suppression Pool Cooling System removes heat from the suppression pool. The suppression pool is designed to absorb the sudden input of heat from the primary system. In the long term, the pool continues to absorb residual heat generated by fuel in the reactor core. Some means must be provided to remove heat from the suppression pool so that the temperature inside the primary containment remains within design limits. At GGNS, this function is provided by two redundant RHR suppression pool cooling subsystems. | |||
LCO: Two RHR suppression pool cooling subsystems shall be OPERABLE. | |||
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If one RHR suppression pool cooling subsystem is inoperable (Condition A), it must be restored to operable status within 7 days (Required Action A.1). If two RHR suppression pool cooling subsystems are inoperable (Condition B), | |||
restore one RHR suppression pool cooling subsystem to OPERABLE status within 8 hours. If the RHR suppression pool cooling subsystem cannot be restored to operable status within the allotted time (Condition C), the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours (Required Action C.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours (Required Action C.2). | |||
Modification for End State Required Actions: Current Required Action C.2 is deleted allowing the plant to stay in Mode 3 while completing repairs. A new Condition B and Required Action B.1 are added for one RHR suppression pool cooling subsystem inoperable. Current Condition B has been renumbered to Condition C with Required Action C.1. Current Condition C for two RHR suppression pool cooling subsystems inoperable has been renumbered to Condition 0 with Required Actions 0.1 and 0.2, identical to existing Condition C, with Required Actions C.1 and C.2, to maintain existing requirements unchanged. | |||
Assessment: The BWROG completed a comparative PRA evaluation of the core damage risks of operation in the current end state versus operation in the Mode 3 end state. The results described in TR NEOC-32988-A and as evaluated by the NRC staff in the associated September 27, 2002, SE (Reference 13), indicated that the core damage risks while operating in Mode 3 (assuming the individual failure conditions) are lower or comparable to the current end state. One loop of the RHR suppression pool cooling system is sufficient to accomplish the required safety function. By remaining in Mode 3, HPCS, RCIC, and the power conversion system (condensate/feedwater) remain available for water makeup and decay heat removal. | |||
Additionally, the plant EOPs direct the operators to take control of the depressurization function if low-pressure injection/spray are needed for RCS makeup and cooling. Since defense-in-depth is improved with respect to water makeup and decay heat removal by remaining in Mode 3, the change is acceptable. | |||
3.4.8 LCO 3.6.4.1: Secondary Containment - Operating Following a DBA, the function of the secondary containment is to contain, dilute, and stop radioactivity (mostly fission products) that may leak from primary containment. Its leak tightness is required to ensure that the release of radioactivity from the primary containment is restricted to those leakage paths and associated leakage rates assumed in the accident analysis and that fission products entrapped within the secondary containment structure will be treated by the standby gas treatment system prior to discharge to the environment. | |||
LCO: The secondary containment shall be OPERABLE. | LCO: The secondary containment shall be OPERABLE. | ||
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If the secondary containment is inoperable, it must be restored to operable status within4 hours (Required Action A.1 ). If it cannot be restored to operable status within the allotted time, the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours (Required Action B.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours (Required Action B.2). Modification for End State Required Actions: Required Action B.2 is deleted allowing the plant to stay in Mode 3 while completing repairs. Assessment: | Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If the secondary containment is inoperable, it must be restored to operable status within4 hours (Required Action A.1 ). If it cannot be restored to operable status within the allotted time, the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours (Required Action B.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours (Required Action B.2). | ||
This LCO entry condition does not include gross leakage through an un-isolable release path. The BWROG concluded in NEDC-32988-A, Revision 2 that previous generic PRA work related to Appendix J requirements has shown that containment leakage is not risk significant. | |||
The primary containment and all other primary and secondary containment-related functions would still be operable, including the standby gas treatment system, thereby minimizing the likelihood of an unacceptable release. By remaining in Mode 3, HPCS, RCIC, and the power conversion system (condensate/feedwater) remain available for water makeup and decay heat removal. Additionally, the plant EOPs direct the operators to take control of the depressurization function if low-pressure injection/spray is needed for RCS makeup and cooling. Therefore, the NRC staff concludes that the change is acceptable because defense-in-depth is improved with respect to water makeup and decay heat removal by remaining in Mode 3. As stated in the September 27, 2002, SE for the TR (Reference 13), the NRC staff's approval relies upon the primary containment, and all other primary and secondary containment-related functions to still be operable, including the standby gas treatment system, for maintaining defense-in-depth while in this reduced end state. 3.4.9 LCO 3.6.4.3: Standby Gas Treatment (SGT) System The function of the SGT system is to ensure that radioactive materials that leak from the primary containment into the secondary containment following a OBA are filtered and adsorbed prior to exhausting to the environment. | Modification for End State Required Actions: Required Action B.2 is deleted allowing the plant to stay in Mode 3 while completing repairs. | ||
Assessment: This LCO entry condition does not include gross leakage through an un-isolable release path. The BWROG concluded in NEDC-32988-A, Revision 2 that previous generic PRA work related to Appendix J requirements has shown that containment leakage is not risk significant. The primary containment and all other primary and secondary containment-related functions would still be operable, including the standby gas treatment system, thereby minimizing the likelihood of an unacceptable release. By remaining in Mode 3, HPCS, RCIC, and the power conversion system (condensate/feedwater) remain available for water makeup and decay heat removal. Additionally, the plant EOPs direct the operators to take control of the depressurization function if low-pressure injection/spray is needed for RCS makeup and cooling. | |||
Therefore, the NRC staff concludes that the change is acceptable because defense-in-depth is improved with respect to water makeup and decay heat removal by remaining in Mode 3. | |||
As stated in the September 27, 2002, SE for the TR (Reference 13), the NRC staff's approval relies upon the primary containment, and all other primary and secondary containment-related functions to still be operable, including the standby gas treatment system, for maintaining defense-in-depth while in this reduced end state. | |||
3.4.9 LCO 3.6.4.3: Standby Gas Treatment (SGT) System The function of the SGT system is to ensure that radioactive materials that leak from the primary containment into the secondary containment following a OBA are filtered and adsorbed prior to exhausting to the environment. | |||
LCO: Two SGT subsystems shall be OPERABLE. | LCO: Two SGT subsystems shall be OPERABLE. | ||
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If one SGT subsystem is inoperable, it must be restored to operable status within 7 days (Required Action A.1 ). If the SGT subsystem cannot be restored to operable status within the allotted time, the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours (Required Action B.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours (Required Action B.2). In addition, if two SGT subsystems are inoperable in Modes 1, 2, or 3, LCO 3.0.3 must be entered immediately (Required Action D.1 ). Modification for End State Required Actions: Required Action B.2 is deleted, allowing the plant to stay in Mode 3 while completing repairs. Required Action D.1 is changed to "Be in Mode 3" with a Completion Time of "12 hours." Assessment: | Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If one SGT subsystem is inoperable, it must be restored to operable status within 7 days (Required Action A.1 ). If the SGT subsystem cannot be restored to operable status within the allotted time, the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours (Required Action B.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours (Required Action B.2). In addition, if two SGT subsystems are inoperable in Modes 1, 2, or 3, LCO 3.0.3 must be entered immediately (Required Action D.1 ). | ||
The unavailability of one or both SGT subsystems has no impact on CDF or LERF, irrespective of the mode of operation at the time of the accident. | Modification for End State Required Actions: Required Action B.2 is deleted, allowing the plant to stay in Mode 3 while completing repairs. Required Action D.1 is changed to "Be in Mode 3" with a Completion Time of "12 hours." | ||
Furthermore, the challenge frequency of the SGT system (i.e., the frequency with which the system is expected to be challenged to mitigate offsite radiation releases resulting from materials that leak from the primary to the secondary containment above TS limits) is less than 1.0E-6/yr. | Assessment: The unavailability of one or both SGT subsystems has no impact on CDF or LERF, irrespective of the mode of operation at the time of the accident. Furthermore, the challenge frequency of the SGT system (i.e., the frequency with which the system is expected to be challenged to mitigate offsite radiation releases resulting from materials that leak from the primary to the secondary containment above TS limits) is less than 1.0E-6/yr. Consequently, the conditional probability that this system will be challenged during the repair time interval while the plant is at either the current or the proposed end state (i.e., Mode 4 or Mode 3, respectively) is less than 1.0E-8. This probability is considerably smaller than probabilities considered "negligible" in RG 1.177 for much higher consequence risks, such as large early release. | ||
Consequently, the conditional probability that this system will be challenged during the repair time interval while the plant is at either the current or the proposed end state (i.e., Mode 4 or Mode 3, respectively) is less than 1.0E-8. This probability is considerably smaller than probabilities considered "negligible" in RG 1.177 for much higher consequence risks, such as large early release. Section 5.1 of the NRC staff's September 27, 2002, SE forTR NEDC-32988-A (Reference | |||
Section 5.1 of the NRC staff's September 27, 2002, SE forTR NEDC-32988-A (Reference 13) evaluates the NRC staff's risk basis for approval of TS 4.5.1.13, TS 4.5.2.11, and LCO 3.6.4.3, "Standby Gas Treatment (SGT) System." According to this evaluation, which applies to BWR-6 design (GGNS is a BWR-6 facility), staying in Mode 3 instead of going to Mode 4 to repair the SGT system (one or both trains) is also supported by defense-in-depth considerations. | |||
Section 5.2 of the staff's SE for the TR (Reference | Section 5.2 of the staff's SE for the TR (Reference 13) details a comparison between the Mode 3 and the Mode 4 end state, with respect to the means available to perform critical functions (i.e., functions contributing to the defense-in-depth philosophy) whose success is needed to prevent core damage and containment failure, and to mitigate radiation releases. | ||
The risk and defense-in-depth arguments, used according to the "integrated decision-making" process of RGs 1.174 and 1.177, support the conclusion that Mode 3 is as safe as Mode 4 for repairing an inoperable SGT system. Therefore, the NRC staff concludes that the change is acceptable. | |||
The risk and defense-in-depth arguments, used according to the "integrated decision-making" process of RGs 1. | 3.4.10 LCO 3.6.5.6: Drywell Vacuum Relief System The Mark Ill pressure suppression containment is designed to condense, in the suppression pool, the steam released into the drywell in the event of a LOCA. The steam discharging to the pool carries the non-condensibles from the drywell. Therefore, the drywell atmosphere changes from low humidity air to nearly 100 percent steam (no air) as the event progresses. When the drywell subsequently cools and depressurizes, non-condensibles in the drywell must be replaced to avoid excessive weir wall overflow into the drywell. Rapid weir wall overflow must be controlled in a large break LOCA, so that essential equipment and systems located above the weir wall in the drywell are not subjected to excessive drag and impact loads. The drywell post-LOCA and the drywell purge vacuum relief subsystems are the means by which non-condensibles are transferred from the primary containment back to the drywell. | ||
3.4.10 LCO 3.6.5.6: Drywell Vacuum Relief System The Mark Ill pressure suppression containment is designed to condense, in the suppression pool, the steam released into the drywell in the event of a LOCA. The steam discharging to the pool carries the non-condensibles from the drywell. Therefore, the drywell atmosphere changes from low humidity air to nearly 100 percent steam (no air) as the event progresses. | LCO: Two drywell post-LOCA and two drywell purge vacuum relief subsystems shall be operable. | ||
When the drywell subsequently cools and depressurizes, non-condensibles in the drywell must be replaced to avoid excessive weir wall overflow into the drywell. Rapid weir wall overflow must be controlled in a large break LOCA, so that essential equipment and systems located above the weir wall in the drywell are not subjected to excessive drag and impact loads. The drywell post-LOCA and the drywell purge vacuum relief subsystems are the means by which non-condensibles are transferred from the primary containment back to the drywell. LCO: Two drywell post-LOCA and two drywell purge vacuum relief subsystems shall be operable. | |||
Condition Requiring Entrv into End State: If one or two drywell post-LOCA vacuum relief subsystems are inoperable or if one drywell purge vacuum relief subsystem is inoperable for reasons other than being not closed, the subsystem(s) must be restored to operable status within 30 days (Required Actions B.1 ). If the required actions cannot be met (Condition F), be in Mode 3 within 12 hours and Mode 4 within 36 hours (Required Actions F1 and F.2, respectively.) | Condition Requiring Entrv into End State: If one or two drywell post-LOCA vacuum relief subsystems are inoperable or if one drywell purge vacuum relief subsystem is inoperable for reasons other than being not closed, the subsystem(s) must be restored to operable status within 30 days (Required Actions B.1 ). If the required actions cannot be met (Condition F), be in Mode 3 within 12 hours and Mode 4 within 36 hours (Required Actions F1 and F.2, respectively.) | ||
Modification for End State Required Actions: Added a new Condition D (and Required Action 0.1) and applied the condition to Conditions Band C. Renumbered current Conditions D thru G and associated Required Actions and Completion Times to Conditions E thru H with renumbered Required Actions and Completion Times with no proposed changes. Assessment: | Modification for End State Required Actions: Added a new Condition D (and Required Action 0.1) and applied the condition to Conditions Band C. Renumbered current Conditions D thru G and associated Required Actions and Completion Times to Conditions E thru H with renumbered Required Actions and Completion Times with no proposed changes. | ||
The BWROG has determined that the specific failure conditions of interest are not risk significant in BWR PRAs. With one or two drywell post-LOCA vacuum relief subsystems inoperable or one drywell purge vacuum relief subsystem inoperable, for reasons other than not being closed, the remaining operable vacuum relief subsystems are adequate to perform the depressurization mitigation function. | Assessment: The BWROG has determined that the specific failure conditions of interest are not risk significant in BWR PRAs. With one or two drywell post-LOCA vacuum relief subsystems inoperable or one drywell purge vacuum relief subsystem inoperable, for reasons other than not being closed, the remaining operable vacuum relief subsystems are adequate to perform the depressurization mitigation function. By remaining in Mode 3, HPCS, RCIC, and the power conversion system (condensate/feedwater) remain available for water makeup and decay heat | ||
By remaining in Mode 3, HPCS, RCIC, and the power conversion system ( condensate/feedwater) remain available for water makeup and decay heat | |||
3.4.11 LCO 3.7.1: Standby Service Water (SSW) System and Ultimate Heat Sink (UHS) The SSW system (in conjunction with the UHS) is designed to provide cooling water for the removal of heat from certain safe shutdown-related equipment heat exchangers following a OBA or transient. | removal. Additionally, the EOPs direct the operators to take control of the depressurization function if low pressure injection/spray is needed for RCS makeup and cooling. Therefore, defense-in-depth is improved with respect to water makeup and decay heat removal by remaining in Mode 3. Since the time spent in Mode 3 to perform the repair is infrequent and limited, and in light of defense-in-depth considerations, the proposed change is acceptable. | ||
3.4.11 LCO 3.7.1: Standby Service Water (SSW) System and Ultimate Heat Sink (UHS) | |||
The SSW system (in conjunction with the UHS) is designed to provide cooling water for the removal of heat from certain safe shutdown-related equipment heat exchangers following a OBA or transient. | |||
LCO: Division 1 and 2 SSW subsystems and the UHS shall be OPERABLE. | LCO: Division 1 and 2 SSW subsystems and the UHS shall be OPERABLE. | ||
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If one UHS cooling tower with one UHS cooling tower fan is inoperable, the cooling tower fan(s) must be restored to operable status within 7 days (Required Action A.1). Similarly, Conditions A through D concern inoperability of SSW and UHS equipment as specified in the LCO. Condition E requires that if the required action(s) and associated completion time(s) cannot be met, the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours (Required Action E.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours (Required Action E.2). Modification for End State Required Actions: Regarding proposed modification for end-state changes to LCO 3. 7 .1, Optional Change No. 2 in the licensee's application dated November 8, 2013, states, Changes to GGNS TS 3.7.1 are needed to incorporate TSTF-423 line item TS 3. 7 .1. These changes are consistent with TSTF-423 but require modification to the standard. | Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If one UHS cooling tower with one UHS cooling tower fan is inoperable, the cooling tower fan(s) must be restored to operable status within 7 days (Required Action A.1). Similarly, Conditions A through D concern inoperability of SSW and UHS equipment as specified in the LCO. Condition E requires that if the required action(s) and associated completion time(s) cannot be met, the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours (Required Action E.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours (Required Action E.2). | ||
The proposed TS for GGNS will separate the shutdown actions into one addressing issues with a single division (revised action E), and one addressing issues with two divisions now designated as new action F (original action E). This allows the single division action to halt at Mode 3 while the remainder of the issues are addressed by the new action (action F), which includes Mode 4 as an end state. The description of changes to the TS are as follows: Revised CONDITION E of TSTF-423 TS 3.7.1 includes conditions which address a single division of Standby Service Water I Ultimate Heat Sink (SSW/UHS) with actions of 72 hours or longer applicable. | Modification for End State Required Actions: Regarding proposed modification for end-state changes to LCO 3. 7 .1, Optional Change No. 2 in the licensee's application dated November 8, 2013, states, Changes to GGNS TS 3.7.1 are needed to incorporate TSTF-423 line item TS 3. 7 .1. These changes are consistent with TSTF-423 but require modification to the standard. | ||
To align the GGNS actions with the scope of the TSTF, GGNS CONDITION F is added to address both SSW subsystems being inoperable. | The proposed TS for GGNS will separate the shutdown actions into one addressing issues with a single division (revised action E), and one addressing issues with two divisions now designated as new action F (original action E). | ||
Existing GGNS CONDITION D ensures alignment with the TSTF-423 TS 3.7.1 CONDITION B. Revised CONDITION E is for one division of SSW/UHS inoperable, with GGNS items A, C, or D not met. This is consistent with TSTF revised CONDITION C. CONDITION F (portion of former CONDITON E re-lettered) is revised to address conditions for both divisions of SSW/UHS inoperable. | This allows the single division action to halt at Mode 3 while the remainder of the issues are addressed by the new action (action F), which includes Mode 4 as an end state. The description of changes to the TS are as follows: | ||
This is consistent with | Revised CONDITION E of TSTF-423 TS 3.7.1 includes conditions which address a single division of Standby Service Water I Ultimate Heat Sink (SSW/UHS) with actions of 72 hours or longer applicable. To align the GGNS actions with the scope of the TSTF, GGNS CONDITION F is added to address both SSW subsystems being inoperable. Existing GGNS CONDITION D ensures alignment with the TSTF-423 TS 3.7.1 CONDITION B. | ||
Revised CONDITION E is for one division of SSW/UHS inoperable, with GGNS items A, C, or D not met. This is consistent with TSTF revised CONDITION C. | |||
CONDITION F (portion of former CONDITON E re-lettered) is revised to address conditions for both divisions of SSW/UHS inoperable. This is consistent with | |||
TSTF-423 TS 3.7.1 revised CONDITION E. The following will also be addressed by this CONDITION: | |||
* Two UHS cooling towers with one or more cooling tower fans inoperable. | * Two UHS cooling towers with one or more cooling tower fans inoperable. | ||
* UHS basin inoperable for reasons other than CONDITION C. Assessment: | * UHS basin inoperable for reasons other than CONDITION C. | ||
The BWROG performed a comparative PRA evaluation (Reference | Assessment: The BWROG performed a comparative PRA evaluation (Reference 4) of the core damage risks when operating in the current end state versus the proposed Mode 3 end state. | ||
The results indicated that the core damage risks while operating in Mode 3 (assuming the individual failure conditions) are lower or comparable to the current end state. By remaining in Mode 3, HPCS, RCIC, and the power conversion system (condensate/feedwater) remain available for water makeup and decay heat removal. Additionally, the EOPs direct the operators to take control of the depressurization function if low-pressure injection/spray is needed for RCS makeup and cooling. Therefore, the NRC staff concludes that the change is acceptable because defense-in-depth is improved with respect to water makeup and decay heat removal by remaining in Mode 3, and the required safety function can still be performed with the RHRSW subsystem components that are still operable. | |||
3.4.12 LCO 3.7.3: Control Room Fresh Air (CRFA) System The CRFA system provides a radiologically controlled environment from which the unit can be safely operated following a DBA. The CRFA system consists of two independent and redundant high-efficiency air filtration subsystems for treatment of recirculated air or outside supply air. Each subsystem consists of a demister, an electric heater, a prefilter, a high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter, an activated charcoal adsorber section, a second HEPA filter, a fan, and the associated ductwork and dampers. Demisters remove water droplets from the airstream. | 3.4.12 LCO 3.7.3: Control Room Fresh Air (CRFA) System The CRFA system provides a radiologically controlled environment from which the unit can be safely operated following a DBA. The CRFA system consists of two independent and redundant high-efficiency air filtration subsystems for treatment of recirculated air or outside supply air. | ||
Prefilters and HEPA filters remove particulate matter that may be radioactive. | Each subsystem consists of a demister, an electric heater, a prefilter, a high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter, an activated charcoal adsorber section, a second HEPA filter, a fan, and the associated ductwork and dampers. Demisters remove water droplets from the airstream. Prefilters and HEPA filters remove particulate matter that may be radioactive. The charcoal adsorbers provide a holdup period for gaseous iodine, allowing time for decay. | ||
The charcoal adsorbers provide a holdup period for gaseous iodine, allowing time for decay. LCO: Two CRFA subsystems shall be OPERABLE. | LCO: Two CRFA subsystems shall be OPERABLE. | ||
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If one CRFA subsystem is inoperable, it must be restored to operable status within 7 days (Required Action A.1 ). If one or more CRFA subsystems are inoperable due to inoperable control room boundary in MODE 1, 2, or 3, Initiate action to implement mitigating actions immediately (Required Action B.1 ), and the control room boundary must be restored to operable status within 24 hours (Required Action B.2), and Restore CRE boundary to OPERABLE status within 90 days (Required Action B.3). If the CRFA subsystems cannot be restored to operable status within the allotted time, the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours (Required Action C.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours (Required Action C.2). If two CRFA subsystems or a non-redundant component or portion of the CRFA System is inoperable in Mode 1, 2, or 3, for reasons other than Condition B, LCO 3.0.3 must be entered immediately (Required Action E.1 ). Modification for End State Required Actions: Delete Required Action C.2, and changd Required Action E.1 to "Be in Mode 3," with a Completion Time of "12 hours." Required ACTION F.1 currently states, "Initiate action to suspend OPDRVs" [Operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel]. The licensee is proposing a change to Required Action F.1 by adding a NOTE, "LCO 3.0. Operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel 3 does not apply." | Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If one CRFA subsystem is inoperable, it must be restored to operable status within 7 days (Required Action A.1 ). If one or more CRFA subsystems are inoperable due to inoperable control room boundary in MODE 1, 2, or 3, Initiate action to implement mitigating actions immediately (Required Action B.1 ), and the control room boundary must be restored to operable status within 24 hours (Required Action B.2), and Restore CRE boundary to OPERABLE status within 90 days (Required Action B.3). If the CRFA subsystems cannot be restored to operable status within the allotted time, the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours (Required Action C.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours (Required Action C.2). If two CRFA subsystems or a non-redundant component or portion of the CRFA System is inoperable in Mode 1, 2, or 3, for reasons other than Condition B, LCO 3.0.3 must be entered immediately (Required Action E.1 ). | ||
The 24-Month fuel Cycle application was approved by Amendment No. 197 dated on December 26, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. | Modification for End State Required Actions: Delete Required Action C.2, and changd Required Action E.1 to "Be in Mode 3," with a Completion Time of "12 hours." Required ACTION F.1 currently states, "Initiate action to suspend OPDRVs" [Operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel]. The licensee is proposing a change to Required Action F.1 by adding a NOTE, "LCO 3.0. Operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel 3 does not apply." | ||
The unavailability of one or both CRFA subsystems has no significant impact on CDF or LERF, irrespective of the mode of operation at the time of the accident. | |||
Furthermore, the challenge frequency of the CRFA system (i.e., the frequency with which the system is expected to be challenged to provide a radiologically controlled environment in the main control room following a OBA that leads to core damage and leaks of radiation from the containment that can reach the control room) is less than 1.0E-6/yr. | The NOTE which is not a part of the TSTF-423 changes is justified in the assessment section below. | ||
Consequently, the conditional probability that this system will be challenged during the repair time interval while the plant is at either the current or the proposed end state (i.e., Mode 4 or Mode 3, respectively) is less than 1.0E-8. This probability is considerably smaller than probabilities considered negligible in RG 1.177 for much higher consequence risks, such as large early release. Section 5.1 of the NRC staff's September 27, 2002, SE of TR NEDC-32988-A (Reference | Optional Change No. 3 in the licensee's application dated November 8, 2013, states, in part, GGNS TS 3.7.3 Surveillance Requirement (SR) 3.7.3.3 frequency is changed from 18 to 24 months as GGNS has made application to transition from an 18 to a 24-month fuel cycle per "Grand Gulf License Amendment Request to Revise Technical Specifications and Surveillance Requirements to Support Operations with a 24-month fuel Cycle in Accordance with Generic Letter 91-04" (TAC ME9763, Accession No. ML12289A158). | ||
The 24-Month fuel Cycle application was approved by Amendment No. 197 dated on December 26, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13343A109). The NRC staff concludes that the licensee's additional information in Optional Change No. 3 did not affect the licensee's adoption of TSTF-423 changes for GGNS TS 3.7.3. | |||
Section 5.2 of the staff's SE of the TR (Reference | Assessment: The unavailability of one or both CRFA subsystems has no significant impact on CDF or LERF, irrespective of the mode of operation at the time of the accident. Furthermore, the challenge frequency of the CRFA system (i.e., the frequency with which the system is expected to be challenged to provide a radiologically controlled environment in the main control room following a OBA that leads to core damage and leaks of radiation from the containment that can reach the control room) is less than 1.0E-6/yr. Consequently, the conditional probability that this system will be challenged during the repair time interval while the plant is at either the current or the proposed end state (i.e., Mode 4 or Mode 3, respectively) is less than 1.0E-8. This probability is considerably smaller than probabilities considered negligible in RG 1.177 for much higher consequence risks, such as large early release. | ||
Section 5.1 of the NRC staff's September 27, 2002, SE of TR NEDC-32988-A (Reference 13) summarizes the staff's risk basis for approval of TS 4.5.1.16, and LCO 3.7.4, "Main Control Room Environmental Control (MCREC) System" (MCREC is similar to the GGNS CRFA system). The basis for staying in Mode 3 instead of going to Mode 4 to repair the MCREC system (one or both trains) is also supported by defense-in-depth considerations. Section 5.2 of the staff's SE of the TR (Reference 13) makes a comparison between the Mode 3 and the Mode 4 end state with respect to the means available to perform critical functions (i.e., functions contributing to the defense-in-depth philosophy) whose success is needed to prevent core damage and containment failure, and to mitigate radiation releases. The risk and defense-in-depth arguments, used according to the integrated decision-making process of RGs 1.174 and 1.177, support the conclusion that Mode 3 is as safe as Mode 4, for repairing an inoperable MCREC or CRFA system. Therefore, the NRC staff concludes that the change is acceptable. | |||
The risk and depth arguments, used according to the integrated decision-making process of RGs 1. | As stated above, the licensee is proposing a change to Required Action F.1 by adding a NOTE, "LCO 3.0.3 does not apply." The NOTE is not a part of the TSTF-423 changes. Condition F states, "Two CRFA subsystems inoperable during OPDRVs OR One or more CRFA subsystems inoperable due to inoperable CRE boundary during OPDRVs." GGNS TS LCO 3.0.3 states, "When an LCO is not met, ...... the unit shall be placed in a MODE or other specified condition in which the LCO is not applicable." The LCO applies to operating Modes 2(Startup), 3(Hot Shutdown), and 4 (Cold shutdown). OPDRV occurs only in plant | ||
As stated above, the licensee is proposing a change to Required Action F.1 by adding a NOTE, "LCO 3.0.3 does not apply." The NOTE is not a part of the TSTF-423 changes. Condition F states, "Two CRFA subsystems inoperable during OPDRVs OR One or more CRFA subsystems inoperable due to inoperable CRE boundary during OPDRVs." GGNS TS LCO 3.0.3 states, "When an LCO is not met, ...... the unit shall be placed in a MODE or other specified condition in which the LCO is not applicable." The LCO applies to operating Modes 2(Startup), 3(Hot Shutdown), and 4 (Cold shutdown). | |||
OPDRV occurs only in plant | Modes 4 and 5 (Refueling). Hence, addition of the NOTE is justified which is also consistent with NUREG-1434, Revision 4. | ||
Hence, addition of the NOTE is justified which is also consistent with NUREG-1434, Revision 4. 3.4.13 LCO 3. 7.4: Control Room Air Conditioning (AC) System The control room air conditioning system provides temperature control for the control room following control room isolation during accident conditions. | 3.4.13 LCO 3. 7.4: Control Room Air Conditioning (AC) System The control room air conditioning system provides temperature control for the control room following control room isolation during accident conditions. | ||
LCO: Two control room air conditioning subsystems shall be OPERABLE. | LCO: Two control room air conditioning subsystems shall be OPERABLE. | ||
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If one control room air conditioning subsystem is inoperable, it must be restored to operable status within 30 days (Required Action A.1 ). If two control room air conditioning subsystems are inoperable, verify control room area temperature s; 90°F once per 4 hours and restore one control room air conditioning subsystem to operable status within 7 days (Required Actions B.1 and B.2). If the required actions and associated completion times cannot be met (Condition C), the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours (Required Action C.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours (Required Action C.2). Modification for End State Required Actions: Required Action C.2 is deleted, allowing the plant to stay in Mode 3 while completing repairs. Assessment: | Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If one control room air conditioning subsystem is inoperable, it must be restored to operable status within 30 days (Required Action A.1 ). If two control room air conditioning subsystems are inoperable, verify control room area temperature s; 90°F once per 4 hours and restore one control room air conditioning subsystem to operable status within 7 days (Required Actions B.1 and B.2). If the required actions and associated completion times cannot be met (Condition C), the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours (Required Action C.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours (Required Action C.2). | ||
The unavailability of one or both air conditioning subsystems has no significant impact on CDF or LERF, independent of the mode of operation at the time of the accident. | Modification for End State Required Actions: Required Action C.2 is deleted, allowing the plant to stay in Mode 3 while completing repairs. | ||
Furthermore, the challenge frequency of the air conditioning system (i.e., the frequency with which the system is expected to be challenged to provide temperature control for the control room following control room isolation following a OBA that leads to core damage) is less than 1.0E-6/yr. | Assessment: The unavailability of one or both air conditioning subsystems has no significant impact on CDF or LERF, independent of the mode of operation at the time of the accident. | ||
Consequently, the conditional probability that this system will be challenged during the repair time interval while the plant is at either the current or the proposed end state (i.e., Mode 4 or Mode 3, respectively) is less than 1.0E-8. This probability is considerably smaller than probabilities considered "negligible" in RG 1.177 for much higher consequence risks, such as large early release. Section 5.1 of the NRC staff's September 27, 2002, SE of TR NEDC-32988-A (Reference | Furthermore, the challenge frequency of the air conditioning system (i.e., the frequency with which the system is expected to be challenged to provide temperature control for the control room following control room isolation following a OBA that leads to core damage) is less than 1.0E-6/yr. Consequently, the conditional probability that this system will be challenged during the repair time interval while the plant is at either the current or the proposed end state (i.e., | ||
Mode 4 or Mode 3, respectively) is less than 1.0E-8. This probability is considerably smaller than probabilities considered "negligible" in RG 1.177 for much higher consequence risks, such as large early release. | |||
Section 5.2 of the staff's SE (Reference | Section 5.1 of the NRC staff's September 27, 2002, SE of TR NEDC-32988-A (Reference 13) summarizes the staff's risk basis for approval of TS 4.5.2.15 and LCO 3.7.4, "Control Room Air Conditioning (CRAC) System." (Per the licensee's application, CRAC is similar to the GGNS TS Control Room AC System.) The basis for staying in Mode 3 instead of going to Mode 4 to repair the CRAC system (one or both trains) is supported by defense in-depth considerations. | ||
Section 5.2 of the staff's SE (Reference 13) makes a comparison between the Mode 3 and the Mode 4 end states, with respect to the means available to perform critical functions (i.e., | |||
The risk and defense in depth arguments, used according to the "integrated decision-making" process of RGs 1. | functions contributing to the defense-in-depth philosophy) whose success is needed to prevent core damage and containment failure, and to mitigate radiation releases. The risk and defense in depth arguments, used according to the "integrated decision-making" process of RGs 1.174 and 1.177, support the conclusion that Mode 3 is as safe as Mode 4 for repairing an inoperable control room air conditioning system. Therefore, the NRC staff concludes that the change is acceptable. | ||
The MCOG gross gamma activity rate is an initial condition of a DBA that assumes a gross failure of the MCOG system pressure boundary. | |||
LCO: The gross gamma activity rate of the noble gases measured prior to the holdup pipe shall bes 380 mCi [microcuries] | 3.4.14 LCO 3.7.5: Main Condenser Offgas (MCOG) | ||
/second after decay of 30 minutes. Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If the gross radioactivity rate of the noble gases is not within limits (Condition A), the radioactivity rate of the noble gases must be restored to within limits within 72 hours (Required Action A.1 ). If the Required Action and associated Completion Time cannot be met (Condition B), one of the following must occur: The steam jet air ejector (SJAE) must be Isolated within 12 hours (Required Action B.1 ), or The plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours (Required Action B.2.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours (Required Action 8.2.2). Modification for End State Required Actions: Required Action B.2.2 is deleted, allowing the plant to stay in Mode 3 while completing repairs. Assessment: | The offgas from the main condenser normally includes radioactive gases. The gross gamma activity rate is controlled to ensure that accident analysis assumptions are satisfied and that offsite dose limits will not be exceeded during postulated accidents. The MCOG gross gamma activity rate is an initial condition of a DBA that assumes a gross failure of the MCOG system pressure boundary. | ||
The failure to maintain the gross gamma activity rate of the noble gases in the MCOG within limits has no significant impact on CDF or LERF, independent of the mode of operation at the time of the accident. | LCO: The gross gamma activity rate of the noble gases measured prior to the holdup pipe shall bes 380 mCi [microcuries] /second after decay of 30 minutes. | ||
Furthermore, the challenge frequency of the MCOG system (i.e., the frequency with which the system is expected to be challenged to mitigate offsite radiation releases following a DBA) is less than 1.0E-6/yr. | Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If the gross radioactivity rate of the noble gases is not within limits (Condition A), the radioactivity rate of the noble gases must be restored to within limits within 72 hours (Required Action A.1 ). If the Required Action and associated Completion Time cannot be met (Condition B), one of the following must occur: | ||
Consequently, the conditional probability that this system will be challenged during the repair time interval while the plant is at either the current or the proposed end state (i.e., Mode 4 or Mode 3, respectively) is less than 1.0E-8. This probability is considerably smaller than probabilities considered "negligible" in RG 1.177 for much higher consequence risks, such as large early release. Section 5.1 of the NRC staff's September 27, 2002, SE of TR NEDC-32988-A (Reference | The steam jet air ejector (SJAE) must be Isolated within 12 hours (Required Action B.1 ), | ||
or The plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours (Required Action B.2.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours (Required Action 8.2.2). | |||
Section 5.2 of the staff's SE (Reference | Modification for End State Required Actions: Required Action B.2.2 is deleted, allowing the plant to stay in Mode 3 while completing repairs. | ||
Assessment: The failure to maintain the gross gamma activity rate of the noble gases in the MCOG within limits has no significant impact on CDF or LERF, independent of the mode of operation at the time of the accident. Furthermore, the challenge frequency of the MCOG system (i.e., the frequency with which the system is expected to be challenged to mitigate offsite radiation releases following a DBA) is less than 1.0E-6/yr. Consequently, the conditional probability that this system will be challenged during the repair time interval while the plant is at either the current or the proposed end state (i.e., Mode 4 or Mode 3, respectively) is less than 1.0E-8. This probability is considerably smaller than probabilities considered "negligible" in RG 1.177 for much higher consequence risks, such as large early release. | |||
The risk and defense-in-depth arguments, used according to the "integrated decision-making" process of RGs 1. | Section 5.1 of the NRC staff's September 27, 2002, SE of TR NEDC-32988-A (Reference 13) summarizes the staff's risk basis for approval of TR Section 4.5.1.18 and LCO 3.7.6 (equivalent to GGNS TS LCO 3.7.5) "Main Condenser Offgas." Staying in Mode 3 instead of going to Mode 4 to repair the MCOG system (one or both trains) is supported by defense-in-depth considerations. Section 5.2 of the staff's SE (Reference 13) makes a comparison between the Mode 3 and the Mode 4 end states, with respect to the means available to perform critical functions (i.e., functions contributing to the defense-in-depth philosophy) whose success is needed to prevent core damage and containment failure, and to mitigate radiation releases. | ||
Offsite power is supplied to the switchyard from the transmission network. From the switchyard two electrically and physically separated circuits provide AC power to each 4.16 kV ESF bus. The offsite AC electrical power sources are designed and located so as to minimize to the extent practical the likelihood of their simultaneous failure under operating and postulated accident and environmental conditions. | The risk and defense-in-depth arguments, used according to the "integrated decision-making" process of RGs 1.174 and 1.177, support the conclusion that Mode 3 is as safe as Mode 4 for repairing an inoperable MCOG system. Therefore, the NRC staff concludes that the change is acceptable. | ||
3.4.15 LCO 3.8.1: AC Sources - Operating The unit Class 1E alternating current (AC) Electrical Power Distribution System AC sources consist of the offsite power sources and the on site standby power sources (diesel generators (DGs) 11, 12, and 13). The Class 1E AC distribution system supplies electrical power to three divisional load groups, with each division powered by an independent Class 1E 4.16 kilo Volt (kV) engineered safety feature (ESF) bus. Each ESF bus has two separate and independent offsite sources of power. Each ESF bus has a dedicated onsite DG. The ESF systems of any two of the three divisions provide for the minimum safety functions necessary to shut down the unit and maintain it in a safe shutdown condition. | |||
Offsite power is supplied to the switchyard from the transmission network. From the switchyard two electrically and physically separated circuits provide AC power to each 4.16 kV ESF bus. | |||
The offsite AC electrical power sources are designed and located so as to minimize to the extent practical the likelihood of their simultaneous failure under operating and postulated accident and environmental conditions. | |||
LCO: The following AC electrical power sources shall be OPERABLE: | LCO: The following AC electrical power sources shall be OPERABLE: | ||
: a. Two qualified circuits between the offsite transmission network and the onsite Class | : a. Two qualified circuits between the offsite transmission network and the onsite Class 1E AC Electric Power Distribution System; and | ||
Entry into any of the conditions for the AC power sources implies that the AC power sources have been degraded and the single-failure protection for the safe shutdown equipment may be ineffective. | : b. Three independent emergency diesel generators (EDGs). | ||
Consequently, as specified in TS 3.8.1 at present, the plant operators must bring the plant to Mode 4 when the required action is not completed by the specified time for the associated action. In NEDC-32988-A, Revision 2 (Reference 4), the BWROG performed a comparative PRA evaluation of the core damage risks of operation in the current end state and in the Mode 3 end state. Events initiated by the loss-of-offsite power are dominant contributors to CDF in most BWR PRAs, and the high-pressure core cooling systems (RCIC and HPCS) play a major role in mitigating these events. The conclusion described in the NRC staff's September 27, 2002, SE of TR NEDC 32988 A (Reference | Condition Requiring Entry into End State: The plant operators must bring the plant to Mode 3 within 12 hours (Required Action G.1) and Mode 4 within 36 hours (Required Action G.2) following the sustained inoperability of either or both required offsite circuits; one or two required EDGs; or one required offsite circuit and one or two required EDGs. | ||
Modification for End State Required Actions: Required Action G.2 is deleted, allowing the plant to stay in Mode 3 while completing repairs. The plant will remain in Mode 3 (hot shutdown) | |||
3.4.16 LCO 3.8.4: Direct Current (DC) Sources -Operating The station DC electrical power system provides the AC emergency power system with control power. It also provides both motive and control power to selected safety-related equipment. | (Required Action G.1 ). | ||
The DC electrical power system is designed to have sufficient independence, redundancy, and testability to perform its safety functions, assuming a single failure. The 125 Volts direct current (VDC) electrical power system consists of three independent Class | Assessment: Entry into any of the conditions for the AC power sources implies that the AC power sources have been degraded and the single-failure protection for the safe shutdown equipment may be ineffective. Consequently, as specified in TS 3.8.1 at present, the plant operators must bring the plant to Mode 4 when the required action is not completed by the specified time for the associated action. | ||
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: The plant operators must bring the plant to Mode 3 within 12 hours (Required Action -E.1) and Mode 4 within 36 hours (Required Action E.2), if Required Actions and Associated Completion Time not met. Modification for End State Required Actions: Optional Change No. 6 in the licensee's application dated November 8, 2013, explains the proposed change as follows, Changes to GGNS TS 3.8.4 are needed to incorporate TSTF-423 line item TS 3.8.4. These changes are consistent with TSTF-423, but require modification to the standard. | In NEDC-32988-A, Revision 2 (Reference 4), the BWROG performed a comparative PRA evaluation of the core damage risks of operation in the current end state and in the Mode 3 end state. Events initiated by the loss-of-offsite power are dominant contributors to CDF in most BWR PRAs, and the high-pressure core cooling systems (RCIC and HPCS) play a major role in mitigating these events. The conclusion described in the NRC staff's September 27, 2002, SE of TR NEDC 32988 A (Reference 13) on BWROG's PRA evaluation, indicates that the core damage risks are lower in Mode 3 than in Mode 4 for inoperable AC power sources. Going to Mode 4 for one inoperable AC power source would cause loss of high-pressure RCIC system and loss of the power conversion system (condenser/feedwater), and would require activating | ||
CONDITION D of TS 3.8.4 addresses High Pressure Core Spray System inoperability if Division 3 Direct Current (DC) electrical power subsystem is inoperable. | |||
GGNS CONDITION D is revised to add the MODE 3 End State allowance in accordance with TSTF-423 and re-lettered as CONDITION E. As a result, current CONDITION E is re-lettered as CONDITION F and modified to address only the Division 3 DC electrical power subsystem. | the RHR system. In addition, plant EOPs direct the operator to take control of the depressurization function if low-pressure injection/spray systems are needed for RPV water makeup and cooling. | ||
The GGNS revision is consistent with TSTF-423 TS 3.8.4 CONDITION B and CONDITION D. Assessment: | Based on the low probability of loss of the AC power and the number of systems available in Mode 3, the NRC staff concludes that the risks of staying in Mode 3 are lower than going to the Mode 4 end state; therefore, the NRC staff concludes that the change is acceptable. | ||
If one of the DC electrical power subsystems is inoperable, the remaining DC electrical power subsystems have the capacity to support a safe shutdown and to mitigate an accident condition. | 3.4.16 LCO 3.8.4: Direct Current (DC) Sources - Operating The station DC electrical power system provides the AC emergency power system with control power. It also provides both motive and control power to selected safety-related equipment. | ||
In NEDC-32988-A, Revision 2 (Reference 4), the BWROG performed a comparative PRA evaluation of the core damage risks of operation in the current end state and in the Mode 3 end state, with one DC system inoperable. | The DC electrical power system is designed to have sufficient independence, redundancy, and testability to perform its safety functions, assuming a single failure. The 125 Volts direct current (VDC) electrical power system consists of three independent Class 1E DC electrical power subsystems, Divisions 1, 2, and 3. Each subsystem consists of a battery, associated battery charger(s), and all the associated control equipment and interconnecting cabling. | ||
Events initiated by the loss-of-offsite power are dominant contributors to CDF in most BWR PRAs, and the high-pressure core cooling systems, RCIC and HPCS, play a major role in mitigating these events. The NRC staff's conclusion, as described in the NRC's September 27, 2012, SE for TR NEDC 32988 A (Reference | LCO: For Modes 1, 2, and 3, the Division 1, Division 2, and Division 3 DC electrical power subsystems shall be OPERABLE. | ||
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: The plant operators must bring the plant to Mode 3 within 12 hours (Required Action -E.1) and Mode 4 within 36 hours (Required Action E.2), if Required Actions and Associated Completion Time not met. | |||
3.4.17 LCO 3.8. 7: Inverters-Operating The licensee's application date November 8, 2013, states, in part, that "[t]he change to TS 3.8. 7 'Inverters | Modification for End State Required Actions: Optional Change No. 6 in the licensee's application dated November 8, 2013, explains the proposed change as follows, Changes to GGNS TS 3.8.4 are needed to incorporate TSTF-423 line item TS 3.8.4. These changes are consistent with TSTF-423, but require modification to the standard. CONDITION D of TS 3.8.4 addresses High Pressure Core Spray System inoperability if Division 3 Direct Current (DC) electrical power subsystem is inoperable. GGNS CONDITION D is revised to add the MODE 3 End State allowance in accordance with TSTF-423 and re-lettered as CONDITION E. As a result, current CONDITION E is re-lettered as CONDITION F and modified to address only the Division 3 DC electrical power subsystem. The GGNS revision is consistent with TSTF-423 TS 3.8.4 CONDITION B and CONDITION D. | ||
-Operating' is not being requested due to GGNS current specifications not containing an equivalent section 3.8.7." 3.4.18 LCO 3.8. 7: Distribution Systems -Operating Per GGNS TS, the onsite Class | Assessment: If one of the DC electrical power subsystems is inoperable, the remaining DC electrical power subsystems have the capacity to support a safe shutdown and to mitigate an accident condition. In NEDC-32988-A, Revision 2 (Reference 4), the BWROG performed a comparative PRA evaluation of the core damage risks of operation in the current end state and in the Mode 3 end state, with one DC system inoperable. Events initiated by the loss-of-offsite power are dominant contributors to CDF in most BWR PRAs, and the high-pressure core cooling systems, RCIC and HPCS, play a major role in mitigating these events. The NRC staff's conclusion, as described in the NRC's September 27, 2012, SE for TR NEDC 32988 A (Reference 13) on BWROG's PRA evaluation, indicates that the core damage risks are lower in Mode 3 than in Mode 4. Going to Mode 4 for one inoperable DC power source would cause | ||
The primary AC distribution system consists of each 4.16 kV ESF bus that has at least one separate and independent offsite source of power, as well as a dedicated onsite DG source. The secondary plant AC distribution system includes 480 Volt (V) ESF load centers and associated loads, motor control centers, and transformers. | |||
In addition, GGNS has three independent 125 voe electrical power distribution subsystems. | loss of the RCIC system, and loss of the power conversion system (condenser/feedwater), and would require activating the RHR system. In addition, plant EOPs direct the operator to take control of the depressurization function if low-pressure injection/spray systems are needed for RPV water makeup and cooling. | ||
Based on the low probability of loss of the DC power and the number of systems available in Mode 3, the NRC staff concludes in the SE for the BWR topical report that the risk of staying in Mode 3 are approximately the same or in some cases lower than the risk of going to the Mode 4 end state; therefore, the NRC staff concludes that the change is acceptable. | |||
3.4.17 LCO 3.8. 7: Inverters-Operating The licensee's application date November 8, 2013, states, in part, that "[t]he change to TS 3.8. 7 | |||
'Inverters - Operating' is not being requested due to GGNS current specifications not containing an equivalent section 3.8.7." | |||
3.4.18 LCO 3.8. 7: Distribution Systems - Operating Per GGNS TS, the onsite Class 1E AC and DC electrical power distribution systems are divided by division into three independent AC and DC electrical power distribution subsystems. | |||
The primary AC distribution system consists of each 4.16 kV ESF bus that has at least one separate and independent offsite source of power, as well as a dedicated onsite DG source. | |||
The secondary plant AC distribution system includes 480 Volt (V) ESF load centers and associated loads, motor control centers, and transformers. In addition, GGNS has three independent 125 voe electrical power distribution subsystems. | |||
LCO: For Modes 1, 2, and 3, Division 1, Division 2, and Division 3 AC and DC, electrical power distribution subsystems shall be OPERABLE. | LCO: For Modes 1, 2, and 3, Division 1, Division 2, and Division 3 AC and DC, electrical power distribution subsystems shall be OPERABLE. | ||
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: The plant operators must bring the plant to Mode 3 within 12 hours and Mode 4 within 36 hours (Condition C) following the sustained inoperability of one or more Division 1 or 2 AC (Condition A) or AC vital bus distribution (Condition B) or DC electrical power distribution subsystems for a period of 8 hours (each for Condition A) and 2 hours (Condition C), and 16 hours (for Condition A or B), respectively, from initial discovery of failure to meet the LCO. Modification for End State Required Actions: Required Action C.2 is deleted allowing the plant to stay in Mode 3 while completing repairs. Optional Change No. 7 in the licensee's application dated November 8, 2013, states, Changes to GGNS TS 3.8.7, "Distribution Systems -Operating," are needed to incorporate TSTF-423 line item TS 3.8.9. These changes are consistent with TSTF-423, but require modification to the standard. | Condition Requiring Entry into End State: The plant operators must bring the plant to Mode 3 within 12 hours and Mode 4 within 36 hours (Condition C) following the sustained inoperability of one or more Division 1 or 2 AC (Condition A) or AC vital bus distribution (Condition B) or DC electrical power distribution subsystems for a period of 8 hours (each for Condition A) and 2 hours (Condition C), and 16 hours (for Condition A or B), respectively, from initial discovery of failure to meet the LCO. | ||
GGNS CONDITION C is revised to incorporate the TSTF-423 End State allowance. | Modification for End State Required Actions: Required Action C.2 is deleted allowing the plant to stay in Mode 3 while completing repairs. | ||
This is consistent with TSTF-423 TS 3.8.9 CONDITION D. Note: TS 3.8.9 Distribution Systems - | Optional Change No. 7 in the licensee's application dated November 8, 2013, states, Changes to GGNS TS 3.8.7, "Distribution Systems - Operating," are needed to incorporate TSTF-423 line item TS 3.8.9. These changes are consistent with TSTF-423, but require modification to the standard. GGNS CONDITION C is revised to incorporate the TSTF-423 End State allowance. This is consistent with TSTF-423 TS 3.8.9 CONDITION D. Note: TS 3.8.9 Distribution Systems - | ||
Operating is designated as TS 3.8.7 Distribution Systems - Operating in the Grand Gulf Technical Specifications. | |||
Assessment: If one of the AC/DC/AC vital subsystems is inoperable, the remaining AC/DC/AC vital subsystems have the capacity to support a safe shutdown and to mitigate an accident condition. In NEDC-32988-A, Revision 2 (Reference 4), the BWROG did a comparative PRA evaluation of the core damage risks of operation in the current end state and in the proposed Mode 3 end state. Events initiated by the loss-of-offsite power are dominant contributors to CDF in most BWR PRAs, and the steam-driven core-cooling systems isolation condenser (IC), | |||
Commitments In its letter dated November 8, 2013, the licensee made the following regulatory commitments: | RCIC and HPCS play a major role in mitigating these events. The evaluation indicates that the core damage risks are lower in Mode 3 than in Mode 4. Going to Mode 4 for one inoperable AC/DC vital power source would cause loss of the high-pressure steam-driven injection system (RCIC and HPCS), and loss of the power conversion system (condenser/feedwater), and require activating the RHR system. In addition, the EOPs direct the operator to take control of the depressurization function if low-pressure injection/spray systems are needed for RPV water makeup and cooling. | ||
* Entergy will follow the guidance established in TSTF-IG-05-02 "Implementation Guidance for TSTF-423, Revision 2, Technical Specification End States, NEDC-32988-A" with one exception. | Based on the low probability of loss of the AC/DC/AC vital electrical subsystems during the infrequent and limited time in Mode 3 and the number of systems available in Mode 3, the NRC staff concludes that the risks of staying in Mode 3 are approximately the same as and, in some cases, lower than the risks of going to the Mode 4 end state; therefore, the NRC staff concludes that the change is acceptable. | ||
The following statement on page 2 does not apply: "If Primary Containment is not operable, Secondary Containment and Standby Gas Treatment must be verified operable in order to remain in Mode 3." In its letter dated November 19, 2014, the made the following regulatory commitment: | 3.5 Regulatory Commitments In its letter dated November 8, 2013, the licensee made the following regulatory commitments: | ||
* Entergy will follow the guidance established in TSTF-IG-05-02 "Implementation Guidance for TSTF-423, Revision 2, Technical Specification End States, NEDC-32988-A" with one exception. The following statement on page 2 does not apply: | |||
"If Primary Containment is not operable, Secondary Containment and Standby Gas Treatment must be verified operable in order to remain in Mode 3." | |||
In its letter dated November 19, 2014, the made the following regulatory commitment: | |||
* Entergy is committed to guidance contained in NUMARC 93-01, which provides guidance and details on the assessment and management of risk during maintenance. | * Entergy is committed to guidance contained in NUMARC 93-01, which provides guidance and details on the assessment and management of risk during maintenance. | ||
The NRC staff has determined that the actions above, proposed as regulatory commitments, are required for the implementation of TSTF-423, and are part of the basis for NRC staff approval of this license amendment. | The NRC staff has determined that the actions above, proposed as regulatory commitments, are required for the implementation of TSTF-423, and are part of the basis for NRC staff approval of this license amendment. In its November 13, 2014, letter, the licensee made the following regulatory commitment: | ||
In its November 13, 2014, letter, the licensee made the following regulatory commitment: | |||
* Commitments made as required by standard TSTF safety evaluation, as discussed in the notice of availability, will be maintained as described in UFSAR Section 16, Technical Specifications. | * Commitments made as required by standard TSTF safety evaluation, as discussed in the notice of availability, will be maintained as described in UFSAR Section 16, Technical Specifications. | ||
which adds these commitments to the GGNS UFSAR upon implementation of the amendment but will not be reflected in the UFSAR until the next periodic update. License Condition 2.C.(47) requiring the licensee to add these commitments to the UFSAR is described on the amendment issuance authority page. Any future changes to these actions would require application of the criteria defined in 10 CFR 50.59. In the letters dated November 13 and November 19, 2014, Entergy confirmed that it is committed to and its procedures meets the guidelines of the current NUMARC 93-01, Revision 4A, for Maintenance Rule risk assessments. | which adds these commitments to the GGNS UFSAR upon implementation of the amendment but will not be reflected in the UFSAR until the next periodic update. License Condition 2.C.(47) requiring the licensee to add these commitments to the UFSAR is described on the amendment issuance authority page. Any future changes to these actions would require application of the criteria defined in 10 CFR 50.59. In the letters dated November 13 and November 19, 2014, Entergy confirmed that it is committed to and its procedures meets the guidelines of the current NUMARC 93-01, Revision 4A, for Maintenance Rule risk assessments. | ||
3.6 TS Bases Changes In Attachment 4 to the LAR, the licensee identified changes to the TS Bases for the proposed amendment. | 3.6 TS Bases Changes In Attachment 4 to the LAR, the licensee identified changes to the TS Bases for the proposed amendment. In identifying changes to the TS Bases, the licensee is not requesting that the NRC approve these changes to the TS Bases. The identified changes to the TS Bases come under TS 5.5.11, "Technical Specifications (TS) Bases Control Program," which states, in part, that: | ||
In identifying changes to the TS Bases, the licensee is not requesting that the NRC approve these changes to the TS Bases. The identified changes to the TS Bases come under TS 5.5.11, "Technical Specifications (TS) Bases Control Program," which states, in part, that: Licensees may make changes to Bases without prior NRC approval provided the changes do not require either of the following: | Licensees may make changes to Bases without prior NRC approval provided the changes do not require either of the following: | ||
: 1. A change in the TS incorporated in the license; or 2. A change to the updated FSAR [Final Safety Analysis Report] or Bases that requires approval pursuant to 10 CFR 50.59. 3.7 Summary Based upon the above assessments, and because the time spent in Mode 3 to perform the repair on any of the systems described above would be infrequent and limited, and in light of the defense-in-depth considerations (discussed above and in TR NEDC 32988 A, Revision 2 (Reference 4), and as evaluated by the NRC staff's associated SE dated September 27, 2002 (Reference 13), the NRC staff concludes that the proposed changes to the GGNS TS, described above, are acceptable. | : 1. A change in the TS incorporated in the license; or | ||
New license Condition 2.C.(47) regarding the commitments required by the TSTF safety evaluations will be added to the license, as addressed above. | : 2. A change to the updated FSAR [Final Safety Analysis Report] or Bases that requires approval pursuant to 10 CFR 50.59. | ||
3.7 Summary Based upon the above assessments, and because the time spent in Mode 3 to perform the repair on any of the systems described above would be infrequent and limited, and in light of the defense-in-depth considerations (discussed above and in TR NEDC 32988 A, Revision 2 (Reference 4), and as evaluated by the NRC staff's associated SE dated September 27, 2002 (Reference 13), the NRC staff concludes that the proposed changes to the GGNS TS, described above, are acceptable. New license Condition 2.C.(47) regarding the commitments required by the TSTF safety evaluations will be added to the license, as addressed above. | |||
==4.0 STATE CONSULTATION== | ==4.0 STATE CONSULTATION== | ||
In accordance with the Commission's regulations, the Mississippi State official was notified of the proposed issuance of the amendment. | In accordance with the Commission's regulations, the Mississippi State official was notified of the proposed issuance of the amendment. The State official had no comments. | ||
The State official had no comments. | |||
==5.0 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATION== | |||
The amendment changes a requirement with respect to the installation or use of a facility component located within the restricted area, as defined in 10 CFR Part 20. The NRC staff has determined that the amendment involves no significant increase in the amounts, and no | |||
significant change in the types, of any effluents that may be released offsite, and that there is no significant increase in individual or cumulative occupational radiation exposure. The Commission has previously issued a proposed finding that the amendment involves no significant hazards consideration, and there has been no public comment on such finding published in the Federal Register on March 4, 2014 (79 FR 12245). Accordingly, the amendments meet the eligibility criteria for categorical exclusion set forth in 10 CFR 51.22(c)(9). | |||
Pursuant to 10 CFR 51.22(b), no environmental impact statement or environmental assessment need be prepared in connection with the issuance of the amendment. | |||
==6.0 CONCLUSION== | |||
==7.0 REFERENCES== | The Commission has concluded, based on the considerations discussed above, that: (1) there is reasonable assurance that the health and safety of the public will not be endangered by operation in the proposed manner, (2) there is reasonable assurance that such activities will be conducted in compliance with the Commission's regulations, and (3) the issuance of the amendments will not be inimical to the common defense and security or to the health and safety of the public. | ||
: 1. Mulligan, K. J., Entergy Operations, Inc., letter to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "License Amendment Request -Application for Technical Specification Changes; Technical Specification Task Force (TSTF) Improved Standard Technical Specification Change Traveler, TSTF-423, 'Technical Specifications End States,'" dated November 8, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. | |||
: 2. Nadeau, J., Entergy Operations, Inc., letter to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "Request for Additional Information Regarding Request for Adoption of TSTF-423, Revision 1, Change in Technical Specification End States (CE-NPSD-1186)," dated September 29, 2014 (ADAMS Accession No. | ==7.0 REFERENCES== | ||
: 3. Technical Specifications Task Force, letter to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "Transmittal of Revised Risk-Informed End State Travelers," dated December 22, 2009 (ADAMS Accession No. ML093570241 | : 1. Mulligan, K. J., Entergy Operations, Inc., letter to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "License Amendment Request - Application for Technical Specification Changes; Technical Specification Task Force (TSTF) Improved Standard Technical Specification Change Traveler, TSTF-423, 'Technical Specifications End States,'" dated November 8, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML133168024). | ||
); includes TSTF-423, Revision 1, "Technical Specifications End States, NEDC-32988-A." 4. BWR Owners Group, NEDC-32988-A, Revision 2, ''Technical Justification to Support Risk-Informed Modification to Selected Required Action End States for BWR Plants," December 2002 (ADAMS Accession No. ML030170084). | : 2. Nadeau, J., Entergy Operations, Inc., letter to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "Request for Additional Information Regarding Request for Adoption of TSTF-423, Revision 1, Change in Technical Specification End States (CE-NPSD-1186)," dated September 29, 2014 (ADAMS Accession No. ML14274A170). | ||
: 5. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, NUREG-1433, Revision 4, "Standard Technical Specifications | : 3. Technical Specifications Task Force, letter to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "Transmittal of Revised Risk-Informed End State Travelers," dated December 22, 2009 (ADAMS Accession No. ML093570241 ); includes TSTF-423, Revision 1, "Technical Specifications End States, NEDC-32988-A." | ||
-General Electric Plants (BWR/4)," April 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. | : 4. BWR Owners Group, NEDC-32988-A, Revision 2, ''Technical Justification to Support Risk-Informed Modification to Selected Required Action End States for BWR Plants," | ||
: 6. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, NUREG-1434, Revision 4, "Standard Technical Specifications | December 2002 (ADAMS Accession No. ML030170084). | ||
-General Electric Plants (BWR/6)," April 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. | : 5. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, NUREG-1433, Revision 4, "Standard Technical Specifications - General Electric Plants (BWR/4)," April 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML12104A192). | ||
: 10. Nuclear Management and Resource Council, NUMARC 93-01, Revision 3, "Industry Guideline for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants," July 2000 (ADAMS Accession No. ML031500684). | : 6. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, NUREG-1434, Revision 4, "Standard Technical Specifications - General Electric Plants (BWR/6)," April 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML12104A195). | ||
: 11. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Regulatory Guide 1.160, Revision 3, "Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants," May 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. | : 7. Federal Register, Vol. 58, No. 139, p. 39136, "Final Policy Statement on Technical Specifications Improvements for Nuclear Power Plants," dated July 22, 1993. | ||
: 8. Title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Section 50.65, "Requirements for monitoring the effectiveness of maintenance at nuclear power plants." | |||
: 9. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Regulatory Guide 1.182, "Assessing and Managing Risk Before Maintenance Activities at Nuclear Power Plants," May 2000 (ADAMS Accession No. ML003699426). | |||
: 10. Nuclear Management and Resource Council, NUMARC 93-01, Revision 3, "Industry Guideline for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants," | |||
July 2000 (ADAMS Accession No. ML031500684). | |||
: 11. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Regulatory Guide 1.160, Revision 3, "Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants," May 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML113610098). | |||
: 12. Nuclear Management and Resource Council, NUMARC 93-01, Revision 4A, "Industry Guideline for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants,'' | : 12. Nuclear Management and Resource Council, NUMARC 93-01, Revision 4A, "Industry Guideline for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants,'' | ||
April 2011 (ADAMS Accession No. | April 2011 (ADAMS Accession No. ML11116A198). | ||
: 13. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, NRC Safety Evaluation for Topical Report NEDC-32988, Revision 2, dated September 27, 2002 (ADAMS Accession No. ML022700603). | : 13. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, NRC Safety Evaluation for Topical Report NEDC-32988, Revision 2, dated September 27, 2002 (ADAMS Accession No. ML022700603). | ||
: 14. BWR Owners Group, TSTF-IG-05-02, Implementation Guidance for TSTF-423, Revision 0, "Technical Specifications End States, NEDC-32988-A,'' | : 14. BWR Owners Group, TSTF-IG-05-02, Implementation Guidance for TSTF-423, Revision 0, "Technical Specifications End States, NEDC-32988-A,'' September 2005 (ADAMS Accession No. ML052700156). | ||
September 2005 (ADAMS Accession No. ML052700156). | |||
: 15. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Regulatory Guide 1.174, "An Approach for Using Probabilistic Risk Assessment in Risk-Informed Decisions on Plant Specific Changes to the Licensing Basis," August 1998 (ADAMS Accession No. ML003740133). | : 15. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Regulatory Guide 1.174, "An Approach for Using Probabilistic Risk Assessment in Risk-Informed Decisions on Plant Specific Changes to the Licensing Basis," August 1998 (ADAMS Accession No. ML003740133). | ||
: 16. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Regulatory Guide 1.177, "An Approach for Plant Specific Risk-Informed Decisionmaking: | : 16. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Regulatory Guide 1.177, "An Approach for Plant Specific Risk-Informed Decisionmaking: Technical Specifications,'' August 1998 (ADAMS Accession No. ML003740176). | ||
Technical Specifications,'' | : 17. Mulligan, K., Entergy Operations, Inc., letter to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "Request for Additional Information Regarding Request for Adoption of TSTF-423, Revision 1, Change in Technical Specification End Sates (CE-NPSD-1186)," dated November 13, 2014 (ADAMS Accession No. ML14317A057). | ||
August 1998 (ADAMS Accession No. ML003740176). | : 18. Mulligan, K., Entergy Operations, Inc., letter to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "Clarification of Entergy's commitment to the guidance contained in NUMARC 93-01 | ||
: 17. Mulligan, K., Entergy Operations, Inc., letter to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "Request for Additional Information Regarding Request for Adoption of TSTF-423, Revision 1, Change in Technical Specification End Sates (CE-NPSD-1186)," dated November 13, 2014 (ADAMS Accession No. | 'Industry Guideline for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Mainenance at Nuclear Power Plants,"' dated November 19, 2014 (ADAMS Accession No. ML14324A743). | ||
: 18. Mulligan, K., Entergy Operations, Inc., letter to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "Clarification of Entergy's commitment to the guidance contained in NUMARC 93-01 'Industry Guideline for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Mainenance at Nuclear Power Plants,"' | : 19. Mulligan, K., Entergy Operations, Inc., letter to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "Transmittal of Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Unit 1, Facility Operating License Page 16f in Support of Adoption of TSTF-423," dated January 20, 2015 (ADAMS Accession No. ML15021A431). | ||
dated November 19, 2014 (ADAMS Accession No. | : 20. Mulligan, K., Entergy Operations, Inc., letter to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "Response to Verbal Request for Additional Information Associated with Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Letter GNR0-2013/00065,'' dated January 27, 2015 (ADAMS Accession No. ML15028A523). | ||
: 20. Mulligan, K., Entergy Operations, Inc., letter to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "Response to Verbal Request for Additional Information Associated with Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Letter GNR0-2013/00065,'' | Principal Contributors: R. Grover A. Wang Date: April 23, 2015 | ||
dated January 27, 2015 (ADAMS Accession No. | |||
Principal Contributors: | A copy of our related Safety Evaluation is also enclosed. The Notice of Issuance will be included in the Commission's next biweekly Federal Register notice. | ||
R. Grover A. Wang Date: April 23, 2015 | Sincerely, IRA/ | ||
The Notice of Issuance will be included in the Commission's next biweekly Federal Register notice. Docket No. 50-416 | Alan B. Wang, Project Manager Plant Licensing IV-2 and Decommissioning Transition Branch Division of Operating Reactor Licensing Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation Docket No. 50-416 | ||
==Enclosures:== | ==Enclosures:== | ||
: 1. Amendment No. 201 to NPF-29 | |||
: 2. Safety Evaluation cc w/encls: Distribution via Listserv DISTRIBUTION: | |||
: 1. Amendment No. 201 to NPF-29 2. Safety Evaluation cc w/encls: Distribution via Listserv DISTRIBUTION: | PUBLIC RidsNrrDorlDpr Resource RGrover, NRR LPL4-2 r/f RidsNrrDorllpl4-2 Resource RidsNrrLAPBlechman Resource RidsAcrsAcnw_MailCTR Resource RidsNrrPMGrandGulf Resource RidsNrrDssStsb Resource RidsRgn4MailCenter Resource ADAMS A ccess1on No. ML15007A183 *b>V memo dated OFFICE NRR/DORL/LPL4-2/PM NRR/DORL/LPL4-2/LA NRR/DSS/STSB/BC* | ||
PUBLIC LPL4-2 r/f | NAME AWang PBlechman RElliott DATE 3/10/15 4-13-15 10/30/14 OFFICE OGC NLO NRR/DORL/LPL4-2/BC NRR/DORL/LPL4-2/PM NAME DRoth MKhanna AWang DATE 3/27/15 4-20-15 4/23/15 OFFICIAL RECORD COPY}} | ||
Latest revision as of 15:26, 5 February 2020
ML15007A183 | |
Person / Time | |
---|---|
Site: | Grand Gulf |
Issue date: | 04/23/2015 |
From: | Wang A Plant Licensing Branch IV |
To: | Entergy Operations |
Wang A | |
References | |
TAC MF3175 | |
Download: ML15007A183 (72) | |
Text
UNITED STATES NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20555-0001 April 23, 2015 Vice President, Operations Entergy Operations, Inc.
Grand Gulf Nuclear Station P.O. Box 756 Port Gibson, MS 39150
SUBJECT:
GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION, UNIT 1 - ISSUANCE OF AMENDMENT RE: ADOPTION OF TSTF-423, REVISION 1, "TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS END STATES, NEDC-32988-A" (TAC NO. MF3175)
Dear Sir or Madam:
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) has issued the enclosed Amendment No. 201 to Facility Operating License No. NPF-29 for the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, Unit 1.
This amendment consists of changes to the Technical Specifications (TSs) in response to your application dated November 8, 2013, as supplemented by letters dated September 29, November 13, and November 19, 2014; and January 20, and January 27, 2015.
The amendment revises the TSs to risk-inform requirements regarding selected Required Action end states. The NRC has concluded that the changes are consistent with the NRG-approved Technical Specification Task Force (TSTF} change traveler TSTF-423, Revision 1, "Technical Specifications End States, NEDC-32988-A," dated December 22, 2009, as part of the consolidated line item improvement process. In addition, it approves a change to the facility operating license for the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, Unit 1. The change adds a new license condition for maintaining commitments.
A copy of our related Safety Evaluation is also enclosed. The Notice of Issuance will be included in the Commission's next biweekly Federal Register notice.
Sincerely, Alan B. Wang, Project nager Plant Licensing IV-2 an Decommissioning Transition Branch Division of Operating Reactor Licensing Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation Docket No. 50-416
Enclosures:
- 1. Amendment No. 201 to NPF-29
- 2. Safety Evaluation cc w/encls: Distribution via Listserv
UNITED STATES NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20555-0001 ENTERGY OPERATIONS. INC.
SYSTEM ENERGY RESOURCES. INC.
SOUTH MISSISSIPPI ELECTRIC POWER ASSOCIATION ENTERGY MISSISSIPPI, INC.
DOCKET NO. 50-416 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION, UNIT 1 AMENDMENT TO FACILITY OPERATING LICENSE Amendment No. 201 License No. NPF-29
- 1. The Nuclear Regulatory Commission (the Commission) has found that:
A. The application for amendment by Entergy Operations, Inc. (the licensee), dated November 8, 2013, as supplemented by letters dated September 29, November 13, and November 19, 2014; and January 20 and January 27, 2015, complies with the standards and requirements of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (the Act), and the Commission's rules and regulations set forth in 10 CFR Chapter I; B. The facility will operate in conformity with the application, the provisions of the Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission; C. There is reasonable assurance (i) that the activities authorized by this amendment can be conducted without endangering the health and safety of the public, and (ii) that such activities will be conducted in compliance with the Commission's regulations; D. The issuance of this amendment will not be inimical to the common defense and security or to the health and safety of the public; and E. The issuance of this amendment is in accordance with 10 CFR Part 51 of the Commission's regulations and all applicable requirements have been satisfied.
Enclosure 1
- 2. Accordingly, the license is amended by changes to the Technical Specifications as indicated in the attachment to this license amendment, and Paragraph 2.C.(2) of Facility Operating License No. NPF-29 is hereby amended to read as follows:
(2) Technical Specifications The Technical Specifications contained in Appendix A and the Environmental Protection Plan contained in Appendix B, as revised through Amendment No. 201 are hereby incorporated in the license. Entergy Operations, Inc. shall operate the facility in accordance with the Technical Specifications and the Environmental Protection Plan.
The license is further amended by changes indicated in the attachment to this license amendment, and Paragraph 2.C.(47) of Facility Operating License No.
NPF-47 is hereby amended to read as follows:
(47) Commitments Required by Standard TSTF Safety Evaluations Commitments made as required by standard TSTF Safety Evaluation, as discussed in the notice of availability, will be maintained as described in UFSAR Section 16, Technical Specifications. This condition applies to the following TSTFs as approved.
TSTF-423 Changes to the commitments can be made in accordance with 10 CFR 50.59 process.
- 3. This license amendment is effective as of its date of issuance and shall be implemented within 60 days from the date of issuance.
FOR THE NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION Meena K. Khanna, Chief Plant Licensing IV-2 and Decommissioning Transition Branch Division of Operating Reactor Licensing Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
Attachment:
Changes to the Facility Operating License No. NPF-29 and the Technical Specifications Date of Issuance: An r i 1 2 3 , ! O i S
ATTACHMENT TO LICENSE AMENDMENT NO. 201 FACILITY OPERATING LICENSE NO. NPF-29 DOCKET NO. 50-416 Replace the following pages of the Facility Operating License No. NPF-29 and the Appendix A, Technical Specifications with the attached revised pages. The revised pages are identified by amendment number and contain marginal lines indicating the areas of change.
Facility Operating License Remove 4 4 16f 16f Technical Specifications Remove Insert 3.3-80 3.3-80 3.5-2 3.5-2 3.5-3 3.5-3 3.6-20 3.6-20 3.6-22 3.6-22 3.6-24 3.6-24 3.6-25 3.6-25 3.6-31 3.6-31 3.6-42 3.6-42 3.6-49 3.6-49 3.6-50 3.6-50 3.6-65 3.6-65 3.6-66 3.6-66 3.7-3 3.7-3 3.7-7 3.7-7 3.7-8 3.7-8 3.7-9 3.7-9 3.7-12 3.7-12 3.8-4 3.8-4 3.8-27 3.8-27 3.8-39 3.8-39
(b) SERI is required to notify the NRC in writing prior to any change in (i) the terms or conditions of any new or existing sale or lease agreements executed as part of the above authorized financial transactions, (ii) the GGNS Unit 1 operating agreement, (iii) the existing property insurance coverage for GGNS Unit 1 that would materially alter the representations and conditions set forth in the Staff's Safety Evaluation Report dated December 19, 1988 attached to Amendment No. 54. In addition, SERI is required to notify the NRC of any action by a lessor or other successor in interest to SERI that may have an effect on the operation of the facility.
C. The license shall be deemed to contain and is subject to the conditions specified in the Commission's regulations set forth in 10 CFR Chapter I and is subject to all applicable provisions of the Act and to the rules, regulations, and orders of the Commission now or hereafter in effect; and is subject to the additional conditions specified or incorporated below:
(1) Maximum Power Level Entergy Operations, Inc. is authorized to operate the facility at reactor core power levels not in excess of 4408 megawatts thermal ( 100 percent power) in accordance with the conditions specified herein.
(2) Technical Specifications The Technical Specifications contained in Appendix A and the Environmental Protection Plan contained in Appendix B, as revised through Amendment No. 201 are hereby incorporated into this license.
Entergy Operations, Inc. shall operate the facility in accordance with the Technical Specifications and the Environmental Protection Plan.
During Cycle 19, GGNS will conduct monitoring of the Oscillation Power Range Monitor (OPRM). During this time, the OPRM Upscale function (Function 2.f of Technical Specification Table 3.3.1.1-1) will be disabled and operated in an "indicate only" mode and technical specification requirements will not apply to this function. During such time, Backup Stability Protection measures will be implemented via GGNS procedures to provide an alternate method to detect and suppress reactor core thermal hydraulic instability oscillations. Once monitoring has been successfully completed, the OPRM Upscale function will be enabled and technical specification requirements will be applied to the function; no further operating with this function in an "indicate only" mode will be conducted.
4 Amendment No. 201
(h) This license condition shall expire upon satisfaction of the requirements in paragraph (f) provided that a visual inspection of the steam dryer does not reveal any new unacceptable flaw or unacceptable flaw growth that is caused by fatigue.
(47) Commitments made as required by standard TSTF safety evaluation, as discussed in the notice of availability, will be maintained as described in UFSAR Section 16, Technical Specifications. This condition applies to the following TSTFs as approved.
TSTF-423 Changes to the commitments can be made in accordance with 10 CFR 50.59.
D. The facility required exemptions from certain requirements of Appendices A and J to 10 CFR Part 50 and from certain requirements of 10 CFR Part 100. These include: (a) exemption from General Design Criterion 17 of Appendix A until startup following the first refueling outage, for (1) the emergency override of the test mode for the Division 3 diesel engine, (2) the second level undervoltage protection for the Division 3 diesel engine, and (3) the generator ground over current trip function for the Division 1 and 2 diesel generators (Section 8.3.1 of SSER #7) and (b) exemption from the requirements of Paragraph lll.D.2(b)(ii) of Appendix J for the containment airlock testing following normal door opening when containment integrity is not required (Section 6.2.6 of SSER #7). These exemptions are authorized by law and will not endanger life or property or the common defense and security and are otherwise in the public interest. In addition, by exemption dated December 20, 1986, the Commission exempted licensees from 10 CFR 100.11(a)(1 ), insofar as it incorporates the definition of exclusion area in 10 CFR 100.3(a), until April 30, 1987 regarding demonstration of authority to control all activities within the exclusion area (safety evaluation accompanying Amendment No. 27 to License (NPF-29). This exemption is authorized by law, and will not present an undue risk to the public health and safety, and is consistent with the common defense and security. In addition, special circumstances have been found justifying the exemption. Therefore, these exemptions are hereby granted pursuant to 10 CFR 50.12 with the granting of these exemptions, the facility will operate, to the extent authorized herein, in conformity with the application, as amended, the provisions of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission.
E. The licensee shall fully implement and maintain in effect all provision of the Commission-approved physical security, training and qualification, and safeguards contingency plans including amendments made pursuant to provisions of the Miscellaneous Amendments and Search Requirements revisions to 10 CFR 73.55 (51 FR 27817 and 27822) and to the authority of 10 CFR 50.90 and 10 CFR 50.54(p). The plans, which contain Safeguards Information protected under 10 CFR 73.21, are entitled: "Physical Security, Safeguards Contingency and Training and Qualification Plan," and were submitted to the NRC on May 18, 2006.
The licensee shall fully implement and maintain in effect all provisions of the Commission-approved cyber security plan (CSP), including changes made pursuant to the authority of 10 CFR 50.90 and 10 CFR 50.54(p). The licensee's CSP was approved by License Amendment No. 186 as supplemented by a change approved by License Amendment Nos. 192 and 200.
16f Amendment No. 170, 178, 186, 191, 192,
~' 201
RPS Electric Power Monitoring
- 3. 3. 8. 2 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION 3.3.8.2 Reactor Protection System (RPS) Electric Power Monitoring LCO 3.3.8.2 Two RPS electric power monitoring assemblies shall be OPERABLE for each inservice RPS motor generator set or alternate power supply.
APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3, MODES 4 and 5 with any control rod withdrawn from a core cell containing one or more fuel assemblies.
ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or both inservice A.1 Remove associated 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> power supplies with inservice power one electric power supply(s) from monitoring assembly service.
B. One or both inservice B.1 Remove associated 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> power supplies with inservice power both electric power supply(s) from monitoring assemblies service.
- c. Required Action and C.1 -------Note--------
associated Completion LCO 3.0.4.a is not Time of Condition A applicable when or B not met in entering MODE 3.
MODE 1, 2, or 3. -------------------
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> (continued)
GRAND GULF 3.3-80 Amendment No. ~ 201
ECCS-Operating
- 3. 5 .1 ACTIONS (continued)
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME
- c. Two ECCS injection C.1 Restore one ECCS 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> subsystems inoperable. injection/spray subsystem to OPERABLE
-OR status.
One ECCS injection and one ECCS spray subsystem inoperable.
D. Required Action and D.1 -------NOTE--------
associated Completion LCO 3. 0. 4. a is not Time of Condition A, applicable when B, or c not met. entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> E. One ADS valve E.1 Restore ADS valve to 14 days inoperable. OPERABLE status.
F. One ADS valve F.1 Restore ADS valve to 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> inoperable. OPERABLE status.
AND
- - -OR One low pressure ECCS F.2 Restore low pressure 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> injection/spray ECCS injection/spray subsystem inoperable. subsystem to OPERABLE status.
(continued)
GRAND GULF 3.5-2 Amendment No. ~ 201
ECCS-Operating 3.5.1 ACTIONS (continued)
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME G. Two or more ADS valves G.1 -------NOTE--------
inoperable. LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when OR entering MODE 3.
Required Action and associated Completion Be in MODE 3. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> Time of Condition E or F not met.
H. HPCS and Low Pressure H.1 Enter LCO 3.0.3. Immediately Core Spray (LPCS)
Systems inoperable.
OR Three or more ECCS injection/spray subsystems inoperable.
OR HPCS System and one or more ADS valves inoperable.
OR Two or more ECCS injection/spray subsystems and one or more ADS valves inoperable.
GRAND GULF 3.5-3 Amendment No. ~ 201
LLS Valves 3.6.1.6 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS 3.6.1.6 Low-Low Set (LLS) Valves LCO 3.6.1.6 The LLS function of six safety/relief valves shall be OPERABLE.
APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3.
ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One LLS valve A.1 Restore LLS valve to 14 days inoperable. OPERABLE status.
B. Required Action and B.1 -------NOTE--------
associated Completion LCO 3.0.4.a is not Time of Condition A applicable when not met. entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />
- c. Two or more LLS valves c .1 Be in MODE 3. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> inoperable.
AND C.2 Be in Mode 4. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> GRAND GULF 3.6-20 Amendment No. ~ 201
RHR Containment Spray System 3.6.1.7 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS 3.6.1.7 Residual Heat Removal (RHR) Containment Spray System LCO 3.6.1.7 Two RHR containment spray subsystems shall be OPERABLE.
APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3.
ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One RHR containment A. l Restore RHR 7 days spray subsystem containment spray inoperable. subsystem to OPERABLE status.
B. Two RHR containment B.l Restore one RHR 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> spray subsystems containment spray inoperable. subsystem to OPERABLE status.
- c. Required Action and C.l -------NOTE-------
associated Completion LCO 3. 0. 4. a is not Time not met. applicable when entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> GRAND GULF 3.6-22 Amendment No. ~ 201
FWLCS 3.6.1.8 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS 3.6.1.8 Feedwater Leakage Control System (FWLCS)
LCO 3.6.1.8 Two FWLCS subsystems shall be OPERABLE.
APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3.
ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One FWLCS subsystem A.1 Restore FWLCS 30 days inoperable. subsystems to OPERABLE status.
B. Two FWLCS subsystems B.1 Restore one FWLCS 7 days inoperable. subsystem to OPERABLE status.
- c. Required Action and C.1 ------NOTE---------
associated Completion LCO 3. 0. 4. a is not Time not met. applicable when entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.6.1.8.1 Verify RHR jockey pump operates properly. 31 days GRAND GULF 3.6-24 Amendment No. ~ 201
MSIV LCS 3.6.1.9 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS 3.6.1.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve (MSIV) Leakage Control System (LCS)
LCO 3.6.1.9 Two MSIV LCS subsystems shall be OPERABLE.
APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3.
ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One MSIV LCS subsystem A. l Restore MSIV LCS 30 days inoperable. subsystem to OPERABLE status.
B. Two MSIV LCS B.l Restore one MSIV LCS 7 days subsystems inoperable. subsystem to OPERABLE status.
- c. Required Action and C.l -------NOTE-------
associated Completion LCO 3. 0. 4. a is not Time not met. applicable when entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.6.1.9.l Operate each outboard MSIV LCS blower ~ 31 days 15 minutes.
(continued)
GRAND GULF 3.6-25 Amendment No. ~ ~ 201
RHR Suppression Pool Cooling
- 3. 6. 2. 3 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS 3.6.2.3 Residual Heat Removal (RHR) Suppression Pool Cooling LCO 3.6.2.3 Two RHR suppression pool cooling subsystems shall be OPERABLE.
APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3.
ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One RHR suppression A. l Restore RHR 7 days pool cooling subsystem suppression pool inoperable. cooling subsystem to OPERABLE status.
B. Required Action and B.l ------NOTE--------
associated Completion LCO 3.0.4.a is not Time of Condition A applicable when not met. entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />
- c. Two RHR suppression C.l Restore one RHR 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> pool cooling suppression pool subsystems inoperable. cooling subsystem to OPERABLE status.
D. Required Action and D.l Be in MODE 3. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> associated Completion Time of Condition c AND not met. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> D.2 Be in MODE 4.
GRAND GULF 3.6-31 Amendment No. ~ 201
- 3. 6. 4. 1 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS 3.6.4.1 Secondary Containment LCO 3.6.4.1 The secondary containment shall be OPERABLE.
APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3, During movement of recently irradiated fuel assemblies in the primary or secondary containment, During operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs).
ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Secondary containment A.1 Restore secondary 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> inoperable in MODE 1, containment to 2, or 3. OPERABLE status.
B. Required Action and B.1 --------NOTE------
associated Completion LCO 3.0.4.a is not Time of Condition A applicable when not met. entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> (continued)
GRAND GULF 3.6-42 Amendment No. ~.~ 201
SGT System
- 3. 6. 4. 3 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS 3.6.4.3 Standby Gas Treatment (SGT) System LCO 3.6.4.3 Two SGT subsystems shall be OPERABLE.
APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3, During movement of recently irradiated fuel assemblies in the primary or secondary containment, During operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs).
ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One SGT subsystem A.1 Restore SGT subsystem 7 days inoperable. to OPERABLE status.
B. Required Action and B. l -------NOTE-------
associated Completion LCO 3.0.4.a is not Time of Condition A applicable when not met in MODE 1, 2, entering MODE 3.
or 3.
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> C. Required Action and -------------NOTE------------
associated Completion LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable.
Time of Condition A not met during movement of recently C.1 Place OPERABLE SGT Immediately irradiated fuel subsystem in assemblies in the operation.
primary or secondary containment or during OR OPDRVs.
(continued)
GRAND GULF 3.6-49 Amendment No. ~,-+/--3 201
SGT System 3.6.4.3 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME
- c. (continued) C.2.1 Suspend movement of Immediately recently irradiated fuel assemblies in the primary and secondary containment.
AND C.2.2 Initiate action to Immediately suspend OPDRVs.
D. Two SGT subsystems D.l --------NOTE------
inoperable in MODE 1, LCO 3.0.4.a is not 2, or 3. applicable when entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> E. Two SGT subsystems E .1 Suspend movement of Immediately inoperable during recently irradiated movement of recently fuel assemblies in irradiated fuel the primary and assemblies in the secondary primary or secondary containment.
containment or during OPDRVs. AND E.2 Initiate action to Immediately suspend OPDRVs.
GRAND GULF 3.6-50 Amendment No. ~'~ 201
Drywell Vacuum Relief System 3.6.5.6 ACTIONS (continued)
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME
- c. One drywell purge C.l Restore drywell purge 30 days vacuum relief vacuum relief subsystem inoperable subsystem to OPERABLE for reasons other than status.
Condition A.
D. Required Action and D.l --------NOTE------
associated Completion LCO 3. 0. 4. a is not Time of Condition B or applicable when c not met. entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> E. Two drywell purge E.l Restore one drywell 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> vacuum relief purge vacuum relief subsystems inoperable subsystem to OPERABLE for reasons other than status.
Condition A.
F. Two drywell post-LOCA F.l Restore one drywell 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> vacuum relief post-LOCA vacuum subsystems inoperable relief or drywell for reasons other than purge vacuum relief Condition A. subsystem to OPERABLE status.
AND One drywell purge vacuum relief subsystem inoperable for reasons other than Condition A.
G. Required Action and G. l Be in MODE 3. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> associated Completion Time of Condition A, AND E or F not met.
G.2 Be in MODE 4. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> (continued)
GRAND GULF 3.6-65 Amendment No. ~ 201
Drywell Vacuum Relief System 3.6.5.6 ACTIONS (continued)
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME H. Two drywell purge H.1 Be in MODE 3. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> vacuum relief subsystems inoperable AND for reasons other than Condition A. H.2 Be in MODE 4. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> AND One or two drywell post-LOCA vacuum relief subsystems inoperable for reasons other than Condition A.
GRAND GULF 3.6-66 Amendment No. ~ 201
SSW System and UHS 3.7.1 ACTIONS (continued)
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME E. Required Action and E.l -------NOTE--------
associated Completion LCO 3.0.4.a is not Time of Condition A, C, applicable when or D not met. entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> F Both SSW subsystems F.l Be in Mode 3. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> inoperable.
AND OR F.2 Be in Mode 4. 36 Hours Two UHS cooling towers with one or more cooling tower fans inoperable.
OR UHS basin inoperable for reasons other than Condition C.
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.7.1.1 Verify the water level of each UHS basin is 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />
~ 7.25 ft.
SR 3.7.1.2 Operate each SSW cooling tower fan for 31 days
~ 15 minutes.
(continued)
GRAND GULF 3.7-3 Amendment No. ~, 201
CRFA System 3.7.3 ACTIONS (continued)
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME C. Required Action and C.l -------NOTE-------
associated Completion LCO 3.0.4.a is not Time of Condition A or applicable when B not met in MODE 1, entering MODE 3.
or 2.
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> D. Required Action and D.l Place OPERABLE CRFA Immediately associated Completion subsystem in Time of Condition A isolation mode.
not met during OPDRVs.
OR D.2 Initiate action to Immediately suspend OPDRVs.
(continued)
GRAND GULF 3.7-7 Amendment No. 1qs, ~ 201
CRFA System 3.7.3 ACTIONS (continued)
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME E. Two CRFA subsystems E.1 -------NOTE-------
inoperable in MODE 1, LCO 3.0.4.a is not 2, or 3 for reasons applicable when other than Condition entering MODE 3.
B.
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> F. Two CRFA subsystems F.1 -------NOTE------- Immediately inoperable during LCO 3.0.3 does not OPDRVs. apply.
OR Initiate action to One or more CRFA suspend OPDRVs.
subsystems inoperable due to inoperable CRE boundary during OPDRVs.
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.7.3.1 Operate each CRFA subsystem for 2 10 31 days continuous hours with the heaters operating.
SR 3.7.3.2 Perform required CRFA filter testing in In accordance accordance with the Ventilation Filter with the VFTP Testing Program (VFTP) .
SR 3.7.3.3 Verify each CRFA subsystem actuates on an 24 months actual or simulated initiation signal.
SR 3.7.3.4 Perform required CRE unfiltered air In accordance inleakage testing in accordance with the with the Control Room Envelope Habitability Control Room Program. Envelope Habitability Program GRAND GULF 3.7-8 Amendment No. -+/--4-§-, -+/--+&,- ~ 201
Control Room AC System 3.7.4 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS 3.7.4 Control Room Air Conditioning (AC) System LCO 3.7.4 Two control room AC subsystems shall be OPERABLE.
APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3, During operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs).
ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One control room AC A. l Restore control room 30 days subsystem inoperable. AC subsystem to OPERABLE status.
B. Two control room AC B. l Verify control room Once per 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> subsystems inoperable. area temperature ~
90°F.
AND 7 days B.2 Restore one control room AC subsystem to OPERABLE status.
C. Required Action and C.l -------NOTE-------
associated Completion LCO 3.0.4.a is not Time of Condition A or applicable when B not met in MODE 1, entering MODE 3.
2, or 3.
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> (continued)
GRAND GULF 3.7-9 Amendment No. ~' H§, 201
Main Condenser Offgas 3.7.5 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS 3.7.5 Main Condenser Offgas LCO 3.7.5 The gross gamma activity rate of the noble gases measured at the offgas recombiner effluent shall be ~ 380 mCi/second after decay of 30 minutes.
APPLICABILITY: MODE 1, MODES 2 and 3 with any steam jet air ejector (SJAE) in operation.
ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Gross gamma activity A. l Restore gross gamma 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> rate of the noble activity rate of the gases not within noble gases to within limit. limit.
B. Required Action and B. l Isolate SJAE. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> associated Completion Time not met.
-OR B.2 -------NOTE-------
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> GRAND GOLF 3.7-12 Amendment No. ~ 201
AC Sources-Operating
- 3. 8. 1 ACTIONS (continued)
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME D. One required offsite -----------NOTE--------------
circuit inoperable for Enter applicable Conditions reasons other than and Required Actions of Condition F. LCO 3.8.7, "Distribution Systems -Operating," when any AND required division is de-energized as a result of One required DG Condition D.
inoperable for reasons other than Condition F. D.1 Restore required 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> off site circuit to OPERABLE status.
-OR D.2 Restore required DG 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> to OPERABLE status.
E. Two required DGs E.1 Restore one required 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> inoperable. DG to OPERABLE status. OR 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> if Division 3 DG is inoperable F. One automatic load F.l Restore automatic 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> sequencer inoperable. load sequencer to OPERABLE status.
G. Required Action and G. l --------NOTE---------
associated Completion LCO 3.0.4.a is not Time of Condition A, applicable when B, c, D, E, or F not entering MODE 3.
met.
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> (continued)
GRAND GULF 3.8-4 Amendment No. -+/--2-fl.,- 201
DC Sources -Operating 3.8.4 ACTIONS (continued)
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME D. Required Action and D.1 ---------NOTE -----
associated Completion LCO 3. 0. 4. a is not Time for Division 1 or applicable when 2 DC electrical power entering MODE 3.
subsystem for -------------------
condition A, B, or c not met. Be in MODE 3. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> E. Division 3 DC E.1 Declare High Pressure Immediately electrical power Core Spray System subsystem inoperable inoperable.
for reasons other than Condition A.
F. Required Action and F.1 Be in MODE 3. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> associated Completion Time for Division 3 DC AND electrical power subsystem for F.2 Be in MODE 4. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> Condition A, B or E not met.
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.4.1 Verify battery terminal voltage is ~ 129 V 7 days on float charge.
SR 3.8.4.2 Verify no visible corrosion at battery 92 days terminals and connectors.
OR Verify battery connection resistance is
~ 1.5 E-4 ohm for inter-cell connections,
~ 1.5 E-4 ohm for inter-rack connections,
~ 1.5 E-4 ohm for inter-tier connections, and ~ 1.5 E-4 ohm for terminal connections.
(continued)
GRAND GULF 3.8-27 Amendment No. ~ 201
Distribution Systems-Operating 3.8.7 ACTIONS (continued)
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME
- c. Required Action and C.l -------NOTE--------
associated Completion LCO 3. 0. 4. a is not Time of Condition A applicable when or B not met. entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> D. One or more Division 3 D.l Declare High Pressure Immediately AC or DC electrical Core Spray System power distribution inoperable.
subsystems inoperable.
E. Two or more divisions E.l Enter LCO 3.0.3. Immediately with inoperable distribution subsystems that result in a loss of function.
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.7.l Verify correct breaker alignments and 7 days voltage to required AC and DC electrical power distribution subsystems.
GRAND GULF 3.8-39 Amendment No. ~, 201
UNITED STATES NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20555-0001 SAFETY EVALUATION BY THE OFFICE OF NUCLEAR REACTOR REGULATION RELATED TO AMENDMENT NO. 201 TO FACILITY OPERATING LICENSE NO. NPF-29 ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC .. ET AL.
GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION. UNIT 1 DOCKET NO. 50-416
1.0 INTRODUCTION
By letter dated November 8, 2013 (Reference 1), as supplemented by letters dated September 29, 2014 (Reference 2), November 13, and November 19, 2014; and January 20, and January 27, 2015 (References 17, 18, 19, and 20, respectively), Entergy Operations, Inc.
(Entergy, the licensee), submitted a license amendment request (LAR), which proposed changes to the Technical Specifications (TSs) for Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, Unit 1 (GGNS).
Specifically, the licensee proposed to adopt U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC)-
approved Revision 1 to Technical Specifications Task Force (TSTF) Standard Technical Specifications (STS) change traveler TSTF-423, "Technical Specifications End States, NEDC 32988 A," dated December 22, 2009 (Reference 3). In addition, the licensee proposed a new license condition for maintaining commitments.
The supplemental letters dated September 29, November 13, and November 19, 2014; and January 20, and January 27, 2015, provided additional information that clarified the application, did not expand the scope of the application as originally noticed, and did not change the NRC staff's original proposed no significant hazards consideration determination, as published in the Federal Register on March 4, 2014 (79 FR 12245).
The Traveler TSTF-423 incorporates the NRG-approved Boiling Water Reactor Owners Group's (BWROG's) Topical Report (TR)32988-A, Revision 2, "Technical Justification to Support Risk-Informed Modification to Selected Required Action End States for BWR Plants," December 2012 (Reference 4), into NUREG-1433, Revision 4, "Standard Technical Specifications - General Electric Plants (BWR/4)," April 2012, and NUREG-1434, Revision 4, "Standard Technical Specifications - General Electric Plants (BWR/6)," April 2012 (References 5 and 6, respectively). The TR conclusions are applicable for all of the boiling-water reactor (BWR) products (BWR/2 through BWR/6). GGNS is a BWR/6 facility. The Federal Register Notice Enclosure 2
published on February 18, 2011 (76 FR 9614), announced the availability of this TS improvement as part of the consolidated line item improvement process.
TSTF-423 is one of the industry's initiatives developed under the Risk Management Technical Specifications program. These initiatives are intended to maintain or improve safety through the incorporation of risk assessment and management techniques in TS, while reducing unnecessary burden and making TS requirements consistent with the Commission's other risk-inforryied regulatory requirements, in particular the Maintenance Rule.
The following five operational modes are defined in the GGNS TSs. Of specific relevance to TSTF-423 are Modes 3 and 4:
- Mode 1 - Power Operation: The reactor mode switch is in run position.
- Mode 2 - Reactor Startup: The reactor mode switch is in refuel position (with all reactor vessel head closure bolts fully tensioned) or in startup/hot standby position.
- Mode 3 - Hot Shutdown: The reactor coolant system (RCS) temperature is above 200 degrees Fahrenheit (°F) and the reactor mode switch is in shutdown position (with all reactor vessel head closure bolts fully tensioned).
- Mode 4 - Cold Shutdown: The RCS temperature is equal to or less than 200 °F and the reactor mode switch is in shutdown position (with all reactor vessel head closure bolts fully tensioned).
- Mode 5 - Refueling: The reactor mode switch is in shutdown or refuel position, and one or more reactor vessel head closure bolts are less than fully tensioned.
The regulations in paragraph 50.36(c)(2)(i) of Title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations (10 CFR), states, in part, that:
When a limiting condition for operation of a nuclear reactor is not met, the licensee shall shut down the reactor or follow any remedial action permitted by the technical specifications until the condition can be met.
The STSs and most plant TSs provide, as part of the remedial action, a completion time (CT) for the plant to either comply with remedial actions or restore compliance with the limiting condition for operation (LCO). If the LCO or the remedial action cannot be met, then the reactor is required to be shut down. When the STS and individual plant TSs were written, the shutdown condition, or end state specified, was usually cold shutdown.
TR NEDC-32988-A, Revision 2, provides the technical basis to change certain required "end states" when the TS Actions for remaining in power operation cannot be met within the CTs.
Most of the requested TS changes permit an end state of hot shutdown (Mode 3) if risk is assessed and managed, rather than an end state of cold shutdown (Mode 4), contained in the current TS. The proposed LAR was limited to those end states where: ( 1) entry into the shutdown mode is for a short interval, (2) entry is initiated by inoperability of a single train of
equipment or a restriction on a plant operational parameter, unless otherwise stated in the applicable TS, and (3) the primary purpose is to correct the initiating condition and return to power operation as soon as is practical.
2.0 REGULATORY EVALUATION
In 10 CFR 50.36, "Technical specifications," the Commission established its regulatory requirements related to the content of TSs. Pursuant to 10 CFR 50.36(c), TSs are required to include items in the following specific categories related to station operation: (1) safety limits, limiting safety system settings, and limiting control settings; (2) LCOs; (3) surveillance requirements; (4) design features; (5) administrative controls. As stated, in part, in 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(i):
Limiting conditions for operation are the lowest functional capability or performance levels of equipment required for safe operation of the facility. When a limiting condition for operation of a nuclear reactor is not met, the licensee shall shut down the reactor or follow any remedial action permitted by the technical specifications ....
In describing the basis for changing end states, NEDC-32988-A states, in part, that:
Cold shutdown is normally required when an inoperable system or train cannot be restored to an operable status within the allowed time. However, going to cold shutdown results in the loss of steam-driven core cooling systems, challenges the shutdown heat removal systems, and requires restarting the plant. ... A more preferred operational MODE is one that maintains adequate risk levels while repairs are completed without causing unnecessary challenges to plant equipment during shutdown and startup transitions.
In the end state changes under consideration in this LAR, a problem with a component or train has, or will, result in a failure to meet a TS, and a controlled shutdown is directed because a TS Action requirement cannot be met within the TS CT.
Most of the current TSs and design basis analyses were developed under the perception that putting a plant in cold shutdown would result in the safest condition and the design basis analyses would bound credible shutdown accidents. In the late 1980s and early 1990s, the NRC and licensees recognized that this perception was incorrect and took corrective actions to improve shutdown operation. At the same time, standard TSs were developed and many licensees improved their TSs. Since enactment of a shutdown rule was expected, almost all TS changes involving power operation, including a revised end state requirement, were postponed (see, for example, the Final Policy Statement on TS Improvements, Reference 7). However, in the mid-1990s, the Commission decided a shutdown rule was not necessary in light of industry improvements. Controlling shutdown risk encompasses control of conditions that can cause potential initiating events and responses to those initiating events that do occur. Initiating events are a function of equipment malfunctions and human error. Responses to events are a function of plant sensitivity, ongoing activities, human error, defense-in-depth, and additional equipment malfunctions.
In practice, the risk during shutdown operations is often addressed via voluntary actions and application of 10 CFR 50.65, "Requirements for monitoring the effectiveness of maintenance at nuclear power plants" (Reference 8), the Maintenance Rule. Section 50.65(a)(4) states, in part:
Before performing maintenance activities ... , the licensee shall assess and manage the increase in risk that may result from the proposed maintenance activities. The scope of the assessment may be limited to structures, systems, and components that a risk-informed evaluation process has shown to be significant to public health and safety.
The NRC staff's approved TSTF-423 states that the changes proposed are consistent with the following rules, regulations, and associated regulatory guidance. Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.182, "Assessing and Managing Risk Before Maintenance Activities at Nuclear Power Plants,"
May 2000 (Reference 9), provides guidance on implementing the provisions of 10 CFR 50.65(a)(4) by endorsing the revised Section 11 (published separately) to the Nuclear Management and Resource Council (NUMARC) 93-01, Revision 3, "Industry Guideline for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants," July 2000 (Reference 10). RG 1.182 was withdrawn since it was determined that the document (RG 1.182) was redundant due to the inclusion of its subject matter in Revision 3 of RG 1.160, "Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants," May 2012 (Reference 11 ). Withdrawal of RG 1.182 was published in the Federal Register on November 27, 2012 (77 FR 70846). The Federal Register notice also stated that withdrawal of RG 1.182 neither altered any prior or existing licensing commitments based on its use, nor constituted backfitting as defined in 10 CFR 50.109 (the Backfit Rule) and was not otherwise inconsistent with the issue finality provisions in 10 CFR Part 52.
In addition, the NRC staff observed that RG 1.160 endorsed Revision 4A of the NUMARC 93-01, "Industry Guideline for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants,"
April 2011 (Reference 12). NUMARC 93-01 provides methods that are acceptable to the NRC staff for complying with the provisions of Section 50.65, "Requirements for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants," of 10 CFR Part 50, "Domestic Licensing of Production and Utilization Facilities." The model safety evaluation (SE) for the TSTF currently refers to the guidance in Revision 2 of the NUMARC 93-01.
The NRC staff requested that Entergy confirm that GGNS's current licensing basis adheres to the RG 1.160 guidance and commitment to the updated version of NUMARC 93-01. By letter dated September 29, 2014 (Reference 2), Entergy stated as follows:
In Reference 1, GGNS acknowledged its understanding that Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.182 was withdrawn (77 FR 70846) as the requirements on acceptable methods to meet the provisions of 10 CFR 50.65(a)(4) associated with managing and assessing risk, and further acknowledged our understanding that the requirements were incorporated into RG 1.160. This letter further stated that Procedure EN-WM-104, On Line Risk Assessment, ensures procedural compliance with NUMARC 93-01, Industry Guideline For Monitoring The Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants.
Additionally, in Reference 1 GGNS stated that Entergy has reviewed the General Electric [GE] topical report (NEDC-32988-A), TSTF-423, and the NRC model Safety Evaluation and concluded that the information in the GE topical report and TSTF-423 as well as the Safety Evaluation prepared by the NRC, are applicable to Grand Gulf Nuclear Station) (GGNS) and provided justification for the incorporation of the proposed changes into the GGNS Technical Specifications.
Subsequently, based on the request for additional information (Reference 2)
GGNS reviewed Revision 4a of NUMARC 93-01, Procedure EN-WM-104, Revision 9 and Procedure 01-S-18-6, Revision 13, Risk Assessment of Maintenance Activities and found no exceptions to the guidance contained in Revision 4a of NUMARC 93-01.
Based on the above, the NRC determined that Entergy Procedure EN-WM-104, Revision 9 and Procedure 01-S-18-6, Revision 13, "Risk Assessment of Maintenance Activities" meets the guidelines in NUMARC 93-01, Revision 4A. In addition, by letter dated November 19, 2014, Entergy has made a Regulatory Commitment to NUMARC 93-01 and future revisions.
Section 3.5, "Regulatory Commitment," Attachment 5 in the licensee's application dated November 8, 2013, states, in part, that "Entergy will follow the guidance established in TSTF-IG-05-02 "Implementation Guidance for TSTF-423, Revision 2, Technical Specification End States, NEDC 32988 A ... "
3.0 TECHNICAL EVALUATION
3.1 Proposed TS Changes In its LAR, the licensee proposed the following TS changes:
TS 3.3.8.2: Reactor Protection System (RPS) Electric Power Monitoring Current TS 3.3.8.2 Required Action C.1 states:
Be in MODE 3.
Revised TS 3.3.8.2 Required Action C.1 would state:
N 0 TE-------------------------------------------------
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3.
Current TS 3.3.8.2 Required Action C.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />,"
would be deleted.
TS 3.5.1: ECCS-Operating Current TS 3.5.1 Required Action D.1 states:
Be in MODE 3.
Revised TS 3.5.1 Required Action D.1 would state:
N 0 TE-------------------------------------------------
L CO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3.
Current TS 3.5.1 Required Action D.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />,"
would be deleted.
Current TS 3.5.1 Required Action G.1 states:
Be in MODE 3.
Revised TS 3.5.1 Required Action G.1 would state:
N 0 TE-------------------------------------------------
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3.
Current TS 3.5.1 Required Action G.2, which states "Reduce reactor steam dome pressure to s 150 psig," with a CT of "36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />," would be deleted.
TS 3.6.1.6: Low-Low Set (LLS) Valves Current TS 3.6.1.6 Condition B states:
Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A not met.
Two or more LLS valves inoperable.
Revised TS 3.6.1.6 Condition B would state:
Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A not met.
Current TS 3.6.1.6 Required Action B.1 states:
Be in MODE 3.
Revised TS 3.6.1.6 Required Action B.1 would state:
NOTE-------------------------------------------------
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3.
Current TS 3.6.1.6 Required Action B.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />,"
would be deleted.
New TS 3.6.1.6 Condition C would state:
Two or more LLS valves inoperable New TS 3.6.1.6 Required Actions C.1 and C.2 would state:
C.1 Be in MODE 3.
C.2 Be in MODE 4.
The CTs for new Required Actions C.1 and C.2 would be "12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />" and "36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />,"
respectively.
TS 3.6.1.7: Residual Heat Removal (RHR) Containment Spray System Current TS 3.6.1.7 Required Action C.1 states:
Be in MODE 3.
Revised TS 3.6.1.7 Required Action C.1 would state:
N 0 TE-------------------------------------------------
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3.
Current TS 3.6.1.7 Required Action C.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />,"
would be deleted.
TS 3.6.1.8: Feedwater Leakage Control System (FWLCS)
Current TS 3.6.1.8 Required Action C.1 states:
Be in MODE 3.
Revised TS 3.6.1.8 Required Action C.1 would state:
N 0 TE-------------------------------------------------
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3.
Current TS 3.6.1.8 Required Action C.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />,"
would be deleted.
TS 3.6.1.9: Main Steam Isolation Valve (MSIV) Leakage Control System (LCS)
Current TS 3.6.1.9 Required Action C.1 states:
Be in MODE 3.
Revised TS 3.6.1.9 Required Action C.1 would state:
N 0 TE-------------------------------------------------
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3.
Current TS 3.6.1.9 Required Action C.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />,"
would be deleted.
TS 3.6.2.3: Residual Heat Removal (RHR) Suppression Pool Cooling New TS 3.6.2.3 Condition B would state:
Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A not met.
New TS 3.6.2.3 Required Action B.1 would state:
N 0 TE-------------------------------------------------
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3.
The CT for new TS 3.6.2.3 Required Action B.1 would be "12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />."
Current TS 3.6.2.3 Condition B and Required Action B.1 would be renumbered as Condition C and Required Action C.1. Current TS 3.6.2.3 Condition C and Required Actions C.1 and C.2 would be renumbered as Condition D and Required Actions D.1 and D.2.
TS 3.6.4.1: Secondary Containment Current TS 3.6.4.1 Required Action B.1 states:
Be in MODE 3.
Revised TS 3.6.4.1 Required Action B.1 would state:
N 0 TE-------------------------------------------------
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3.
Current TS 3.6.4.1 Required Action B.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />,"
would be deleted.
TS 3.6.4.3: Standby Gas Treatment (SGT) System Current TS 3.6.4.3 Required Action B.1 states:
Be in MODE 3.
Revised TS 3.6.4.3 Required Action B.1 would state:
N 0 TE-------------------------------------------------
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3.
Current TS 3.6.4.3 Required Action B.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />,"
would be deleted.
Current TS 3.6.4.3 Required Action D.1 states:
Enter LCO 3.0.3.
Revised TS 3.6.4.3 Required Action D.1 would state:
N 0 TE-------------------------------------------------
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3 The CT for current TS 3.6.4.3 Required Action D.1, which states "Immediately," would be changed to "12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />," for revised TS 3.6.43 Required Action D.1.
TS 3.6.5.6: Drywell Vacuum Relief System Current TS 3.6.5.6 Conditions D thru G with associated Required Actions and Completion Times, would be renumbered as Conditions E thru H with no change to the associated Required Actions and Completion Time requirements.
New TS 3.6.5.6 Condition D would state:
Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition B or C not met.
New TS 3.6.5.6 Required Action D.1 would state:
N 0 TE-------------------------------------------------
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3.
The CT for new TS 3.6.5.6 Required Action D.1 would be "12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />."
Current TS 3.6.5.6 Condition F states:
Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A, B, C, D, or E not met.
Current TS 3.6.5.6 Condition Fis renumbered to Condition G and states:
Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A, E or F not met.
lnoperability of Conditions B OR C are now addressed in new Condition D. Current Conditions D OR E are renumbered to E OR F.
TS 3.7.1: Standby Service Water (SSW) System and Ultimate Heat Sink (UHS)
Current TS 3. 7 .1 Condition E states:
Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A, C, or D not met.
Both SSW subsystems inoperable.
Two UHS cooling towers with one or more cooling tower fans inoperable.
UHS basin inoperable for reasons other than Condition C.
Current TS 3. 7 .1 Required Action E.1 states:
Be in MODE 3.
Revised TS 3. 7 .1 Condition E would state:
Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A, C, or D not met.
Revised TS 3.7.1 Required Action E.1 would state:
NOTE-------------------------------------------------
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3.
Current TS 3.7.1 Required Action E.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />,"
would be deleted.
New TS 3.7.1 Condition F would state:
Both SSW subsystems inoperable.
Two UHS cooling towers with one or more cooling tower fans inoperable.
UHS basin inoperable for reasons other than Condition C.
New TS 3.7.1 Required Actions F.1 and F.2 would state:
F.1 Be in MODE 3.
F.2 Be in MODE 4.
The CTs for the new Required Actions F.1 and F.2 would be "12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />" and "36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />,"
respectively.
TS 3.7.3: Control Room Fresh Air (CRFA) System Current TS 3.7.3 Required Action C.1 states:
Be in MODE 3 Revised TS 3.7.3 Required Action C.1 would state:
N 0 TE-------------------------------------------------
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3.
Current TS 3.7.3 Required Action C.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />,"
would be deleted.
Current TS 3. 7.3 Required Action E.1 states:
Enter LCO 3.0.3.
Revised TS 3.7.3 Required Action E.1 would state:
NOTE-------------------------------------------------
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3.
The CT for current TS 3.7.3 Required Action E.1, which states "Immediately," would be changed to "12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />," for revised TS 3.7.3 Required Action E.1.
The following change is unrelated to the TSTF-423 approved change. However, based on justification in Section 3.4, the change is approved.
Current TS 3. 7.3 Required Action F.1 states:
Initiate action to suspend OPDRVs.
Revised TS 3.7.3 Required Action F.1 would state:
NOTE-------------------
LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable.
Initiate action to suspend OPDRVs.
TS 3.7.4: Control Room Air Conditioning (AC) System Current TS 3. 7.4 Required Action C.1 states:
Be in MODE 3.
Revised TS 3.7.4 Required Action C.1 would state:
N 0 TE-------------------------------------------------
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3.
Current TS 3.7.4 Required Action C.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />,"
would be deleted.
TS 3.7.5: Main Condenser Offgas Current TS 3.7.5 Required Action B.2.1 states:
Be in MODE 3.
Revised TS 3.7.5 Required Action B.2.1 will be renumbered to Required Action B.2 and would state:
N 0 TE-------------------------------------------------
L CO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3.
Current TS 3.7.5 Required Action B.2.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />,"
would be deleted.
TS 3.8.1: Alternating Current (AC) Sources-Operating Current TS 3.8.1 Required Action G.1 states:
Be in MODE 3.
Revised TS 3.8.1 Required Action G.1 would state:
N 0 TE-------------------------------------------------
L CO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3.
Current TS 3.8.1 Required Action G.2, which states "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />,"
would be deleted.
TS 3.8.4: Direct Current (DC) Sources-Operating New Condition D and associated Required Action and CT would be added as follows; New TS 3.8.4 Condition D would state:
Required Action and associated Completion Time for Division 1 or 2 DC electrical power subsystem for condition A, B, or C not met.
New TS 3.8.4 Required Action D1 would state:
N 0 TE---------------------------------------------
LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3 The CT for the new Required Action D1 would be "12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />."
Current TS 3.8.4 Conditions D and E and associated Required Actions and Completion Times would be renumbered to Conditions E and F.
Current TS 3.8.4 Condition E (renumbered as Condition F) states:
Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition C or D not met.
Revised TS 3.8.4 Condition E (renumbered as Condition F) would state:
Required Action and associated Completion Time for Division 3 DC electrical power subsystem for Condition A, B, or E not met.
No changes to the current Required Actions and Completion Times for current Condition D (renumbered as E) and Condition E (renumbered as F) are proposed.
TS 3.8.7: Distribution Systems-Operating Current TS 3.8.7 Required Action C.1 states:
Be in MODE 3.
Revised TS 3.8.7 Required Action C.1 would state:
N 0 TE---------------------------------------------
LC0 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3.
Be in MODE 3.
Current TS 3.8.7 Required Action C.2, which states, "Be in MODE 4," with a CT of "36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />,"
would be deleted.
The changes proposed in the LAR are consistent with the changes proposed and justified in TR NEDC 32988 A, Revision 2, and the associated NRC staff's SE for TSTF-423 dated September 27, 2002 (Reference 13). The evaluation included in the SE, as appropriate and applicable to the changes of TSTF-423, Revision 1, is reiterated here, and differences from the
SE are justified. In its application, the licensee commits to TSTF IG 05 02, "Implementation Guidance for TSTF-423, Revision 0, 'Technical Specifications End States, NEDC 32988 A,"'
September 2005 (Reference 14), which addresses a variety of issues such as considerations and compensatory actions for risk-significant plant configurations.
An overview of the generic evaluation and associated risk assessment is provided below, along with a summary of the associated TS changes discussed in TR NEDC 32988 A.
3.2 Risk Assessment The objective of the BWROG TR NEDC-32988-A risk assessment was to show that any risk increases associated with the proposed changes in TS end states are either negligible or negative (i.e., a net decrease in risk). The BWROG TR documents a risk-informed analysis of the proposed TS change. Probabilistic risk assessment (PRA) results and insights are used, in combination with results of deterministic assessments, to identify and propose changes in "end states" for all BWR plants. This is in accordance with guidance provided in RG 1.174, "An Approach for Using Probabilistic Risk Assessment in Risk-Informed Decisions on Plant Specific Changes to the Licensing Basis," July 1998 (Reference 15), and RG 1.177, "An Approach for Plant Specific Risk-Informed Decisionmaking: Technical Specifications," August 1998 (Reference 16). The three-tiered approach documented in RG 1.177 was followed. The first tier of the three-tiered approach includes the assessment of the risk impact of the proposed change for comparison to acceptance guidelines consistent with the Commission's Safety Goal Policy Statement, as documented in RG 1.174. The first tier aims at ensuring that there are no unacceptable temporary risk increases as a result of the TS change, such as when equipment is taken out of service. The second tier addresses the need to preclude potentially high-risk configurations that could result if equipment is taken out of service, concurrently with the equipment out of service, as allowed by this TS change. The third tier addresses the application of 10 CFR 50.65(a)(4) of the Maintenance Rule for identifying risk-significant configurations, resulting from maintenance-related activities and taking appropriate compensatory measures to avoid such configurations.
The TSs invokes a risk assessment because 10 CFR 50.65(a)(4) is applicable to maintenance-related activities and does not cover other operational activities beyond the effect they may have on existing maintenance-related risk.
The BWROG's risk assessment approach was found comprehensive and acceptable in the SE for the topical report. In addition, the analyses show that the three-tiered approach criteria for allowing TS changes are met as follows:
- Risk Impact of the Proposed Chanae <Tier 1): The risk changes associated with the TS changes in TSTF-423, in terms of mean yearly increases in core damage frequency (CDF) and large early release frequency (LERF), are risk neutral or risk beneficial. In addition, there are no significant temporary risk increases, as defined by RG 1.177 criteria, associated with the implementation of the TS end state changes.
- Avoidance of Risk-Significant Configurations <Tier 2): The performed risk analyses, which are based on single LCOs, indicate that there are no high-risk
configurations associated with the TS end state changes. The reliability of redundant trains is normally covered by a single LCO. When multiple LCOs occur, which affect trains in several systems, the plant's risk-informed configuration risk management program, or the risk assessment and management program implemented in response to the Maintenance Rule, 10 CFR 50.65 (a)(4), shall ensure that high-risk configurations are avoided. As part of the implementation of TSTF-423, the licensee has committed to follow Section 11 of NUMARC 93-01, Revision 3, and include guidance in appropriate plant procedures and/or administrative controls to preclude high-risk plant configurations when the plant is at the proposed end state. This commitment shall be incorporated into the licensee's UFSAR. The NRC staff finds that such guidance is adequate for preventing risk-significant plant configurations.
- Configuration Risk Management (Tier 3): The licensee has a program in place to ensure compliance with 10 CFR 50.65(a)(4) to assess and manage the risk from maintenance activities. This program can support the licensee's decision in selecting the appropriate actions to control risk for most cases in which a risk-informed TS is entered.
The generic risk impact of the end state mode change was evaluated subject to the following assumptions and TSTF-IG-05-02 (References 14 and 15):
- 1. The entry into the end state is initiated by the inoperability of a single train of equipment or a restriction on a plant operational parameter, unless otherwise stated in the applicable technical specification.
- 2. The primary purpose of entering the end state is to correct the initiating condition and return to power as soon as is practical.
- 3. When Mode 3 is entered as the repair end state, the time the reactor coolant pressure is above 500 pounds per square inch gauge (psig) will be minimized. If reactor coolant pressure is above 500 psig for more than 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />, the associated plant risk will be assessed and managed.
These assumptions are consistent with typical entries into Mode 3 for short duration repairs, which is the intended use of the TS end state changes. The NRC staff concludes that, going to Mode 3 (hot shutdown) instead of going to Mode 4 (cold shutdown) to carry out equipment repairs that are of short duration, does not have any adverse effect on plant risk.
In its application dated November 8, 2013, the licensee stated, in part, that Entergy will follow the guidance established in TSTF-IG-05-02 'Implementation Guidance for TSTF-423, Revision 2, Technical Specification End States, NEDC-32988-A' ....
By letter dated November 19, 2014, the licensee stated, in part, that Entergy is committed to guidance contained in NUMARC 93-01, which provides guidance and details on the assessment and management of risk during maintenance.
As required by the new License Condition 2.C.(47), the commitment to follow the Implementation Guidance and to follow the guidance contained in NUMARC 93-01 shall be incorporated into the licensee's UFSAR. By following the Implementation Guidance, the licensee will ensure that defense-in-depth is maintained for key safety functions by ensuring availability of Tier 2 systems/equipment necessary for safe shutdown.
3.3 The Licensee's Optional Changes and Variations The licensee's application dated November 8, 2013, states, in part, that TSTF-423 is based on NUREG-1434. GGNS, Unit 1, TS are based on NUREG-1434, but are not identical to this guidance. As a result, an adaption of TSTF-423 was required in some cases for incorporation into the GGNS, Unit 1, TS due to administrative differences in format (e.g., condition letter designation, etc.).
Changes to individual line items to align with the provisions of TSTF-423 include the following:
- 1. Changes to GGNS TS 3.6.1.8, "Feedwater Leakage Control System (FWLCS)," are made in accordance with the changes made in TSTF-423 for Standard TS 3.6.1.8, "Penetration Valve Leakage Control System (PVLCS)" since the FWLCS at GGNS serves a similar purpose to that of the PVLCS described in NUREG-1434. These changes are consistent with TSTF-423 but require modification to the standard by revising GGNS TS 3.6.1.8 in place of TS 3.1.8 PVLCS.
- 2. Changes to GGNS TS 3.7.1 are needed to incorporate TSTF-423 line item TS 3.7.1. These changes are consistent with TSTF-423 but require modification to the standard.
The proposed TS for GGNS will separate the shutdown actions into one addressing issues with a single division (revised action E), and one addressing issues with two divisions now designated as new action F (original action E). This allows the single division action to halt at Mode 3 while the remainder of the issues are addressed by the new action (action F), which maintains Mode 4 as an end state. The description of changes to the TS are as follows:
Revised CONDITION E of TSTF-423 TS 3.7.1 includes conditions which address a single division of Standby Service Water I Ultimate Heat Sink (SSW/UHS) with actions of 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> or longer applicable. To align the
GGNS actions with the scope of the TSTF, GGNS CONDITION Fis added to address both SSW subsystems being inoperable. Existing GGNS CONDITION D ensures alignment with the TSTF-423 TS 3.7.1 CONDITION B.
Revised CONDITION E is for one division of SSW/UHS inoperable, with GGNS items A, C, or D not met. This is consistent with TSTF revised CONDITION C.
CONDITION F (portion of former CONDITON E re-lettered) is revised to address conditions for both divisions of SSW/UHS inoperable. This is consistent with TSTF-423 TS 3.7.1 revised CONDITION E. The following will also be addressed by this CONDITION:
Two UHS cooling towers with one or more cooling tower fans inoperable.
- UHS basin inoperable for reasons other than CONDITION C.
- 3. GGNS TS 3.7.3 Surveillance Requirement (SR) 3.7.3.3 frequency is changed from 18 to 24 months as GGNS has made application to transition from an 18 to a 24-month fuel cycle per "Grand Gulf License Amendment Request to Revise Technical Specifications and Surveillance Requirements to Support Operations with a 24-month fuel Cycle in Accordance with Generic Letter 91-04" (TAC ME9763, Accession No. ML12289A158).
- 4. Changes to GGNS TS 3.7.4 are needed to incorporate TSTF-423 line item TS 3. 7.4. These changes are consistent with TSTF-423 but require modification to the standard.
CONDITION B already addresses two CRAC [control room air conditioning] subsystems inoperable. CONDITION B is revised to correct a typographical error in the designation of degrees Fahrenheit and has no technical impact on the submittal.
CONDITION C already addresses exceeding the CONDITON A and CONDITION B Completion Times, combining the TSTF-423 TS 3.7.4 CONDITION B and D actions. GGNS CONDITION C is revised to add the MODE 3 End State allowance in accordance with TSTF-423. The GGNS revision is consistent with TSTF-423 TS 3. 7.4 CONDITION B and CONDITION D.
- 5. Changes to GGNS TS 3.7.5 are needed to incorporate TSTF-423 line item TS 3.7.5. These changes are consistent with TSTF-423 but require modification to the standard.
CONDITION B does not have Required Action B.1 to isolate all main steam lines. GGNS specifications require the steam jet air ejector to be
isolated. CONDITION 8 Required Action 8.2.1 is revised to incorporate the TSTF-423 End State allowance and renumbered 8.2. This is consistent with TSTF-423 TS 3.7.5 CONDITION 8 Action 8.3.
- 6. Changes to GGNS TS 3.8.4 are needed to incorporate TSTF-423 line item TS 3.8.4. These changes are consistent with TSTF-423, but require modification to the standard. CONDITION D of TS 3.8.4 addresses High Pressure Core Spray System inoperability if Division 3 Direct Current (DC) electrical power subsystem is inoperable. GGNS CONDITION D is revised to add the MODE 3 End State allowance in accordance with TSTF-423 and re-lettered as CONDITION E. As a result, current CONDITION E is re-lettered as CONDITION F and modified to address only the Division 3 DC electrical power subsystem. The GGNS revision is consistent with TSTF-423 TS 3.8.4 CONDITION 8 and CONDITION D.
- 7. Changes to GGNS TS 3.8.7, "Distribution Systems- Operating," are needed to incorporate TSTF-423 line item TS 3.8.9. These changes are consistent with TSTF-423, but require modification to the standard.
GGNS CONDITION C is revised to incorporate the TSTF-423 End State allowance. This is consistent with TSTF-423 TS 3.8.9 CONDITION D.
Note: TS 3.8.9 Distribution Systems-Operating is designated as TS 3.8.7 Distribution Systems- Operating in the Grand Gulf Technical Specifications.
In addition to changes discussed above, GGNS is not requesting changes to two of the line items identified in TSTF-423. The TS 3.4.4 Safety Relief Valves (SRVs) change is not being requested due to an extended power uprate required change resulting in the existing specification being consistent with TSTF-423.
The change to TS 3.8.7 "Inverters - Operating" is not being requested due to GGNS current specifications not containing an equivalent section 3.8.7.
The licensee's Optional Changes and Variations stated above are addressed in the licensee's proposed changes to its specific TS LCOs identified below, and in the NRC's assessment of the changes.
3.4 Assessment of TS Changes Adoption of TSTF-423 requires the following NOTE be added to each Required Action where the end state is changed to Mode 3: "LCO 3.0.4.a is not applicable when entering MODE 3."
The addition of this NOTE is acceptable because it prevents an inappropriate use of the LCO 3.0.4.a allowance to go up in Mode with the specified system being inoperable. Since the basis for the NOTE is the same for all affected LCOs, the NRC staff's discussion on the basis for acceptance is not repeated in each assessment below.
3.4.1 LCO 3.3.8.2: Reactor Protection System (RPS) Electric Power Monitoring The RPS Electric Power Monitoring System is provided to isolate the RPS bus from the normal uninterruptible power supply or an alternate power supply in the event of over voltage, under voltage, or under frequency. This system protects the load connected to the RPS bus against unacceptable voltage and frequency conditions and forms an important part of the primary success path of the essential safety circuits. Some of the essential equipment powered from the RPS buses include the RPS logic, scram solenoids, and various valve isolation logic. The TS change allows the plant to remain in Mode 3 until the repairs are completed.
LCO: For Modes 1, 2, and 3, and Modes 4 and 5 (with any control rod withdrawn from a core cell containing one or more fuel assemblies), two RPS electric power monitoring assemblies shall be OPERABLE for each in-service RPS motor generator set, or alternate power supply.
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If the LCO cannot be met, the associated in-service power supply(s) must be removed from service within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> (Required Action B.1 ). In Modes 1, 2, and 3, if the in-service power supply(s) cannot be removed from service within the allotted time, the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> and Mode 4 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> (Required Actions C.1 and C.2).
Modification for End State Required Actions: The change allows the plant to remain in Mode 3 until the repair actions are completed. Required Action C.2, which required the plant to be in Mode 4, is deleted allowing the plant to stay in MODE 3 while completing repairs.
Assessment: To reach Mode 3, per the TS, there must be a functioning power supply with degraded protective circuitry in operation. However, the over voltage, under voltage, or under frequency condition must exist for an extended time period to cause damage. There is a low probability of this occurring in the short period of time that the plant would remain in Mode 3 without this protection.
The specific failure condition of interest is not risk-significant for BWR PRAs. If the required restoration actions cannot be completed within the specified time, going into Mode 4 at GGNS would cause loss of the high-pressure reactor core isolation cooling (RCIC) system and loss of the power conversion system (condenser/feedwater), and would require activating the RHR system. In addition, emergency operating procedures (EOPs) direct the operator to take control of the depressurization function if low-pressure injection/spray systems are needed for reactor pressure vessel (RPV) water makeup and cooling.
Based on the low probability of loss of the RPS power monitoring system during the infrequent and limited time in Mode 3 and the number of systems available in Mode 3, the NRC staff concludes that the risks of staying in Mode 3 are approximately the same as, and in some cases, lower than the risks of going to the Mode 4 end state; therefore, the change is acceptable.
3.4.2 LCO 3.5.1: Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) - Operating The ECCS provides cooling water to the core in the event of a loss-of-coolant accident (LOCA).
This set of ECCS TS provides the operability requirements for the various ECCS subsystems as
described below. This TS change would delete the secondary actions. The plant can remain in Mode 3 until the required repair actions are completed. The reactor is not depressurized.
LCO: Each ECCS injection/spray subsystem and the Automatic Depressurization System (ADS) function of eight safety/relief valves shall be OPERABLE.
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If the LCO cannot be met, the following actions must be taken for the listed conditions:
- a. If one low-pressure ECCS injection/spray subsystem is inoperable, the subsystem must be restored to operable status in 7 days (Condition A).
- b. If the high-pressure core spray (HPCS) system is inoperable, restore to operable status within 14 days (Condition B).
- c. Two ECCS injection subsystems inoperable or one ECCS injection and one ECCS spray subsystem inoperable. One ECCS subsystem must be restored to operable status within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> (Condition C).
- d. If the Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A, 8, or C is not met, then place the plant in Mode 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> and in Mode 4 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> (Condition D).
- e. If one ADS valve is inoperable, it must be restored to operable status within 14 days (Condition E).
- f. If one ADS valve is inoperable and one low pressure ECCS injection/spray subsystem inoperable, the ADS valve must be restored to operable status within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> or the low-pressure ECCS injection/spray subsystem must be restored to operable status within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> (Condition F).
- g. If two or more ADS valves become inoperable, or the Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition E or F is not met, the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> and the reactor steam dome pressure reduced to less than or equal to 150 psig within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> (Condition G).
- h. If HPCS and low-pressure core spray (LPCS) systems inoperable, or three or more ECCS injection/spray subsystems inoperable or HPCS System and one or more ADS valves inoperable or two or more ECCS injection/spray subsystems and one or more ADS valves are inoperable, LCO 3.0.3 must be entered immediately (Condition H).
Modification for End State Required Actions:
- a. No change in Required Actions for Conditions A through C.
- b. If the Required Action, and associated Completion Time of Condition A, 8, or C is not met, then place the plant in Mode 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> (Condition D.1 ). Required Action D.2 is deleted, allowing the plant to stay in Mode 3 while completing repairs.
- c. No change in Required Actions for Conditions E and F.
- d. A revised Condition G specifies that if two or more ADS valves become inoperable, or the Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition E or F is not met then place the plant in Mode 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> (G.1 ). Required Action G.2 is deleted allowing the plant to stay in Mode 3 while completing repairs.
Assessment: The BWROG performed a comparative PRA evaluation in TR NEDC-32988-A of the core damage risks of operation in the current end state and the MODE 3 end state. The NRC staff's conclusion described in the September 27, 2002, SE for the TR (Reference 13) on BWROG's PRA evaluation, indicates that the core damage risks are lower in Mode 3 than in the current end state Mode 4. For GGNS, going to Mode 4 for one ECCS subsystem or one ADS valve would cause loss of the high-pressure core cooling RCIC system, and loss of the power conversion system (condenser/feedwater), and would require activating the RHR system. In addition, plant EOPs direct the operator to take control of the depressurization function if low-pressure injection/spray systems are needed for RPV water makeup and cooling.
Based on the low probability of loss of the reactor coolant inventory and the number of systems available in Mode 3, the NRC staff concludes that the risks of staying in Mode 3 are approximately the same as and in some cases lower than the risks of going to the Mode 4 end state; therefore, the change is acceptable.
3.4.3 LCO 3.6.1.6: Low-Low Set (LLS) Valves The function of the LLS valves is to prevent excessive short-duration SRV cycling during an overpressure event. This TS provides operability requirements for the five SRVs, as described below.
LCO: The LLS function of six safety/relief valves shall be OPERABLE.
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If one LLS valve is inoperable, it must be returned to operability within 14 days. If the LLS valve cannot be returned to operable status within the allotted time, the plant must be placed in MODE 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> and in Mode 4 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />.
Modification for End State Required Actions: The TS change would keep the plant in Mode 3 until the required repair actions are completed. The plant would not be taken into Mode 4 (cold shutdown) (delete Required Action B.2). Required Action for both LLS valves inoperable was changed from Condition B to new Condition C without changing the Required Action End State.
Assessment: The BWROG performed a comparative PRA evaluation in TR NEDC- 32988-A of the core damage risks of operation in the current end state and the Mode 3 end state. The NRC staff's conclusion described in the September 27, 2002, SE for the TR (Reference 13) on BWROG's PRA evaluation, indicates that the core damage risks are lower in Mode 3 than in Mode 4, the current end state. For GGNS, going to Mode 4 for one LLS inoperable SRV would cause loss of the high-pressure RCIC system, and loss of the power conversion system (condenser/feedwater), and would require activating the RHR system. With one LLS valve inoperable, the remaining valves are adequate to perform the required function. The plant
EOPs direct the operator to take control of the depressurization function if low-pressure injection/spray systems are needed for RPV water makeup and cooling.
Based on the low probability of loss of the necessary overpressure protection function during the infrequent and limited time in Mode 3 and the number of systems available in Mode 3, the NRC staff concludes that the risks of staying in Mode 3 are approximately the same as and in some cases lower than the risks of going to the Mode 4 end state; therefore, the proposed change is acceptable.
3.4.4 LCO 3.6.1.7: Residual Heat Removal (RHR) Containment Spray The primary containment must be able to withstand a postulated bypass leakage pathway that allows the passage of steam from the drywell directly into the primary containment airspace, bypassing the suppression pool. The primary containment also must be able to withstand a low energy steam release into the primary containment airspace. The RHR containment spray system is designed to mitigate the effects of bypass leakage and low energy line breaks.
LCO: Two RHR containment spray subsystems shall be operable.
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If one RHR containment spray subsystem is inoperable, it must be restored to operable status within 7 days (Required Action A.1). If two RHR containment spray subsystems are inoperable, one of them must be restored to operable status within 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> (Required Action B.1 ). If the RHR containment spray system cannot be restored to operable status within the allotted time, the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> (Required Action C.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> (Required Action C.2).
Modification for End State Required Actions: Delete Required Action C.2.
Assessment: The primary containment is designed with a suppression pool so that, in the event of a LOCA, steam released from the primary system is channeled through the suppression pool water and condensed without producing significant pressurization of the primary containment. The primary containment is designed so that with the pool initially at the minimum water level and the worst single failure of the primary containment heat removal systems, suppression pool energy absorption combined with subsequent operator controlled pool cooling will prevent the primary containment pressure from exceeding its design value.
However, the primary containment must also withstand a postulated bypass leakage pathway that allows the passage of steam from the drywell directly into the primary containment airspace, bypassing the suppression pool. The primary containment also must withstand a postulated low energy steam release into the primary containment airspace. The main function of the RHR containment spray system is to suppress steam, which is postulated to be released into the primary containment airspace through a bypass leakage pathway and a low energy line break under design-basis accident (OBA) conditions, without producing significant pressurization of the primary containment (i.e., ensure that the pressure inside primary containment remains within analyzed design limits).
Under the conditions assumed in the OBA, steam blown down from the break could find its way into the primary containment through a bypass leakage pathway. In addition to the OBA, a postulated low energy pipe break could add more steam into the primary containment
airspace. Under such an extremely unlikely scenario (very small frequency of a DBA combined with the likelihood of a bypass pathway and a concurrent low energy pipe brake inside the primary containment), the RHR containment spray system could be needed to condense steam so that the pressure inside the primary containment remains within the analyzed design limits. Furthermore, containments have considerable margin to failure above the design limit (it is very likely that the containment will be able to withstand pressures as much as three times the design limit). For these reasons, the unavailability of one or both RHR containment spray subsystems has no significant impact on CDF or LERF, even for accidents initiated during operation at power. Therefore, it is very unlikely that the RHR containment spray system will be challenged to mitigate an accident occurring during power operation.
This probability becomes extremely unlikely for accidents that would occur during a small fraction of the year (less than 3 days) during which the plant would be in Mode 3 (associated with lower initial energy level and reduced decay heat load as compared to power operation) to repair the failed RHR containment spray system.
Section 5.1 in the NRC staff's September 27, 2002, SE for the TR (Reference 13) summarizes the NRC staff's risk basis for approval of TS 4.5.2.6 and LCO 3.6.1.7, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) Containment Spray System." The argument for staying in Mode 3 instead of going to Mode 4 to repair the RHR containment spray system (one or both trains) is also supported by defense-in-depth considerations. Section 5.2 in Reference 13, makes a comparison between the current (Mode 4) and the proposed (Mode 3) end state, with respect to the means available to perform critical functions (i.e., functions contributing to the defense-in-depth philosophy) whose success is needed to prevent core damage and containment failure and mitigate radiation releases. The risk and defense-in-depth arguments, used according to the "integrated decision-making" process of RGs 1.174 and 1.177, support the conclusion that Mode 3 is as safe as Mode 4 (if not safer) for repairing an inoperable RHR containment spray system. Since the time spent in Mode 3 to perform the repair is infrequent and limited, and in light of defense-in-depth considerations, the proposed change is acceptable.
3.4.5 LCO 3.6.1.8: Feedwater Leakage Control System (FWLCS)
By letter dated November 8, 2013, the licensee's Optional Change No. 1 states that:
Changes to GGNS TS 3.6.1.8, "Feedwater Leakage Control System (FWLCS),"
are made in accordance with the changes made in TSTF-423 for Standard TS 3.6, 1.8, "Penetration Valve Leakage Control System (PVLCS)" since the FWLCS at GGNS serves a similar purpose to that of the PVLCS described in NUREG-1434. These changes are consistent with TSTF-423 but require modification to the standard by revising GGNS TS 3.6.1.8 in place of TS 3.1.8 PVLCS.
A comparison of GGNS TS LCO 3.6.1.8 requirements for FWLCS versus those for STS LCO 3.6.1.8, for PVLCS, shows similarities between the two systems, hence, TSTF-423 changes for PVLCS are applicable to the GGNS FWLCS.
The FWLCS supplements the isolation function of primary containment isolation valves (PCIVs) in the feedwater lines that also penetrate the secondary containment. These penetrations are
sealed by water from the FWLCS to prevent fission products leaking past the isolation valves and bypassing the secondary containment after a OBA LOCA.
LCO: Two FWLCS subsystems shall be operable.
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If one FWLCS subsystem is inoperable, it must be restored to operable status within 30 days (Required Action A.1 ). If two FWLCS subsystems are inoperable, one of the FWLCS subsystems must be restored to operable status within 7 days (Required Action B.1 ). If the FWLCS subsystem cannot be restored to operable status within the allotted time, the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> (Required Action C.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> (Required Action C.2).
Modification for End State Required Actions: Delete Required Action C.2.
Assessment: The BWROG has determined that this system is not significant in BWR PRAs.
The unavailability of one or both FWLCS subsystems has no impact on CDF or LERF, independently of the mode of operation at the time of the accident. Furthermore, the challenge frequency of the FWLC system (i.e., the frequency with which the system is expected to be challenged to prevent fission products leaking past the isolation valves and bypassing the secondary containment) is less than 1.0E-6/yr. Consequently, the conditional probability that this system will be challenged during the repair time interval while the plant is at either the current or the proposed end state (i.e., Mode 4 or Mode 3, respectively) is less than 1.0E-8.
This probability is considerably smaller than the probabilities considered "negligible" in RG 1.177 for much higher consequence risks, such as large early release.
Section 5.1 in the NRC staff's September 27, 2002, SE for the TR (Reference 13) summarizes the NRC staff's risk basis for approval of TS 4.5.2.7 and LCO 3.6.1.8, "Penetration Valve Leakage Control System (PVLCS)," (as stated above, PVLCS function is similar to the GGNS FWLCS). The argument for staying in Mode 3 instead of going to Mode 4 to repair the FWLCS system (one or both trains) is also supported by defense-in-depth considerations.
Section 5.2 in Reference 13 makes a comparison between the current (Mode 4) and the proposed (Mode 3) end state, with respect to the means available to perform critical functions (i.e., functions contributing to the defense-in-depth philosophy) whose success is needed to prevent core damage and containment failure and mitigate radiation releases. The risk and defense-in-depth arguments, used according to the "integrated decision-making" process of RGs 1.174 and 1.177, support the conclusion that Mode 3 is as safe as Mode 4 (if not safer) for repairing an inoperable FWLCS system. Since the time spent in Mode 3 to perform the repair is infrequent and limited, and in light of defense-in-depth considerations, the proposed change is acceptable.
3.4.6 LCO 3.6.1.9: Main Steam Isolation Valve (MSIV) Leakage Control System (LCS)
The MSIV LCS supplements the isolation function of the MSIVs by processing the fission products that could leak through the closed MSIVs after core damage, assuming leakage rate limits, which are based on a large LOCA.
LCO: Two MSIV LCS subsystems shall be operable.
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If one MSIV LCS subsystem is inoperable, it must be restored to operable status within 30 days (Required Action A.1 ). If both MSIV LCS subsystems are inoperable, one of the MSIV LCS subsystems must be restored to operable status within 7 days (Required Action 8.1 ). If the MSIV LCS subsystems cannot be restored to operable status within the allotted time, the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> (Required Action C.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> (Required Action C.2).
Modification for End State Required Actions: The plant would not be taken into Mode 4, (delete Required Action C.2).
Assessment: The BWROG has determined that this system is not significant in BWR PRAs and, based on a BWROG program, many plants have eliminated the system altogether. The unavailability of one or both MSIV LCS subsystems has no impact on CDF or LERF, independently of the mode of operation at the time of the accident. Furthermore, the challenge frequency of the MSIV LCS system (i.e., the frequency with which the system is expected to be challenged to mitigate offsite radiation releases resulting from MSIV leaks above TS limits) is less than 1.0E-6/yr. Consequently, the conditional probability that this system will be challenged during the repair time interval while the plant is at either the current or the proposed end state (i.e., Mode 4 or Mode 3, respectively) is less than 1.0E-8. This probability is considerably smaller than probabilities considered "negligible" in RG 1.177 for much higher consequence risks, such as a large early release.
Section 5.1 in the NRC staff's September 27, 2002, SE for the TR (Reference 13), summarizes the NRC staff's risk basis for approval of TSs 4.5.1.9, 4.5.2.8, and LCO 3.6.1.9, "Main Steam Isolation Valve (MSIV) Leakage Control System (LCS)." The argument for staying in Mode 3 instead of going to Mode 4 to repair the MS-PLCS system (one or both trains) is also supported by defense-in-depth considerations. Section 5.2 in Reference 13, makes a comparison between the current (Mode 3) and the proposed (Mode 4) end state, with respect to the means available to perform critical functions (i.e., functions contributing to the defense-in-depth philosophy), whose success is needed to prevent core damage and containment failure and mitigate radiation releases. The risk and defense-in-depth arguments, used according to the "integrated decision-making" process of RGs 1.174 and 1.177, support the conclusion that Mode 3 is as safe as Mode 4 (if not safer) for repairing an inoperable MSIV LCS system; therefore, the NRC staff concludes that the proposed change is acceptable.
3.4.7 LCO 3.6.2.3: Residual Heat Removal (RHR) Suppression Pool Cooling Following a OBA, the RHR Suppression Pool Cooling System removes heat from the suppression pool. The suppression pool is designed to absorb the sudden input of heat from the primary system. In the long term, the pool continues to absorb residual heat generated by fuel in the reactor core. Some means must be provided to remove heat from the suppression pool so that the temperature inside the primary containment remains within design limits. At GGNS, this function is provided by two redundant RHR suppression pool cooling subsystems.
LCO: Two RHR suppression pool cooling subsystems shall be OPERABLE.
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If one RHR suppression pool cooling subsystem is inoperable (Condition A), it must be restored to operable status within 7 days (Required Action A.1). If two RHR suppression pool cooling subsystems are inoperable (Condition B),
restore one RHR suppression pool cooling subsystem to OPERABLE status within 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br />. If the RHR suppression pool cooling subsystem cannot be restored to operable status within the allotted time (Condition C), the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> (Required Action C.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> (Required Action C.2).
Modification for End State Required Actions: Current Required Action C.2 is deleted allowing the plant to stay in Mode 3 while completing repairs. A new Condition B and Required Action B.1 are added for one RHR suppression pool cooling subsystem inoperable. Current Condition B has been renumbered to Condition C with Required Action C.1. Current Condition C for two RHR suppression pool cooling subsystems inoperable has been renumbered to Condition 0 with Required Actions 0.1 and 0.2, identical to existing Condition C, with Required Actions C.1 and C.2, to maintain existing requirements unchanged.
Assessment: The BWROG completed a comparative PRA evaluation of the core damage risks of operation in the current end state versus operation in the Mode 3 end state. The results described in TR NEOC-32988-A and as evaluated by the NRC staff in the associated September 27, 2002, SE (Reference 13), indicated that the core damage risks while operating in Mode 3 (assuming the individual failure conditions) are lower or comparable to the current end state. One loop of the RHR suppression pool cooling system is sufficient to accomplish the required safety function. By remaining in Mode 3, HPCS, RCIC, and the power conversion system (condensate/feedwater) remain available for water makeup and decay heat removal.
Additionally, the plant EOPs direct the operators to take control of the depressurization function if low-pressure injection/spray are needed for RCS makeup and cooling. Since defense-in-depth is improved with respect to water makeup and decay heat removal by remaining in Mode 3, the change is acceptable.
3.4.8 LCO 3.6.4.1: Secondary Containment - Operating Following a DBA, the function of the secondary containment is to contain, dilute, and stop radioactivity (mostly fission products) that may leak from primary containment. Its leak tightness is required to ensure that the release of radioactivity from the primary containment is restricted to those leakage paths and associated leakage rates assumed in the accident analysis and that fission products entrapped within the secondary containment structure will be treated by the standby gas treatment system prior to discharge to the environment.
LCO: The secondary containment shall be OPERABLE.
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If the secondary containment is inoperable, it must be restored to operable status within4 hours (Required Action A.1 ). If it cannot be restored to operable status within the allotted time, the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> (Required Action B.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> (Required Action B.2).
Modification for End State Required Actions: Required Action B.2 is deleted allowing the plant to stay in Mode 3 while completing repairs.
Assessment: This LCO entry condition does not include gross leakage through an un-isolable release path. The BWROG concluded in NEDC-32988-A, Revision 2 that previous generic PRA work related to Appendix J requirements has shown that containment leakage is not risk significant. The primary containment and all other primary and secondary containment-related functions would still be operable, including the standby gas treatment system, thereby minimizing the likelihood of an unacceptable release. By remaining in Mode 3, HPCS, RCIC, and the power conversion system (condensate/feedwater) remain available for water makeup and decay heat removal. Additionally, the plant EOPs direct the operators to take control of the depressurization function if low-pressure injection/spray is needed for RCS makeup and cooling.
Therefore, the NRC staff concludes that the change is acceptable because defense-in-depth is improved with respect to water makeup and decay heat removal by remaining in Mode 3.
As stated in the September 27, 2002, SE for the TR (Reference 13), the NRC staff's approval relies upon the primary containment, and all other primary and secondary containment-related functions to still be operable, including the standby gas treatment system, for maintaining defense-in-depth while in this reduced end state.
3.4.9 LCO 3.6.4.3: Standby Gas Treatment (SGT) System The function of the SGT system is to ensure that radioactive materials that leak from the primary containment into the secondary containment following a OBA are filtered and adsorbed prior to exhausting to the environment.
LCO: Two SGT subsystems shall be OPERABLE.
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If one SGT subsystem is inoperable, it must be restored to operable status within 7 days (Required Action A.1 ). If the SGT subsystem cannot be restored to operable status within the allotted time, the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> (Required Action B.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> (Required Action B.2). In addition, if two SGT subsystems are inoperable in Modes 1, 2, or 3, LCO 3.0.3 must be entered immediately (Required Action D.1 ).
Modification for End State Required Actions: Required Action B.2 is deleted, allowing the plant to stay in Mode 3 while completing repairs. Required Action D.1 is changed to "Be in Mode 3" with a Completion Time of "12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />."
Assessment: The unavailability of one or both SGT subsystems has no impact on CDF or LERF, irrespective of the mode of operation at the time of the accident. Furthermore, the challenge frequency of the SGT system (i.e., the frequency with which the system is expected to be challenged to mitigate offsite radiation releases resulting from materials that leak from the primary to the secondary containment above TS limits) is less than 1.0E-6/yr. Consequently, the conditional probability that this system will be challenged during the repair time interval while the plant is at either the current or the proposed end state (i.e., Mode 4 or Mode 3, respectively) is less than 1.0E-8. This probability is considerably smaller than probabilities considered "negligible" in RG 1.177 for much higher consequence risks, such as large early release.
Section 5.1 of the NRC staff's September 27, 2002, SE forTR NEDC-32988-A (Reference 13) evaluates the NRC staff's risk basis for approval of TS 4.5.1.13, TS 4.5.2.11, and LCO 3.6.4.3, "Standby Gas Treatment (SGT) System." According to this evaluation, which applies to BWR-6 design (GGNS is a BWR-6 facility), staying in Mode 3 instead of going to Mode 4 to repair the SGT system (one or both trains) is also supported by defense-in-depth considerations.
Section 5.2 of the staff's SE for the TR (Reference 13) details a comparison between the Mode 3 and the Mode 4 end state, with respect to the means available to perform critical functions (i.e., functions contributing to the defense-in-depth philosophy) whose success is needed to prevent core damage and containment failure, and to mitigate radiation releases.
The risk and defense-in-depth arguments, used according to the "integrated decision-making" process of RGs 1.174 and 1.177, support the conclusion that Mode 3 is as safe as Mode 4 for repairing an inoperable SGT system. Therefore, the NRC staff concludes that the change is acceptable.
3.4.10 LCO 3.6.5.6: Drywell Vacuum Relief System The Mark Ill pressure suppression containment is designed to condense, in the suppression pool, the steam released into the drywell in the event of a LOCA. The steam discharging to the pool carries the non-condensibles from the drywell. Therefore, the drywell atmosphere changes from low humidity air to nearly 100 percent steam (no air) as the event progresses. When the drywell subsequently cools and depressurizes, non-condensibles in the drywell must be replaced to avoid excessive weir wall overflow into the drywell. Rapid weir wall overflow must be controlled in a large break LOCA, so that essential equipment and systems located above the weir wall in the drywell are not subjected to excessive drag and impact loads. The drywell post-LOCA and the drywell purge vacuum relief subsystems are the means by which non-condensibles are transferred from the primary containment back to the drywell.
LCO: Two drywell post-LOCA and two drywell purge vacuum relief subsystems shall be operable.
Condition Requiring Entrv into End State: If one or two drywell post-LOCA vacuum relief subsystems are inoperable or if one drywell purge vacuum relief subsystem is inoperable for reasons other than being not closed, the subsystem(s) must be restored to operable status within 30 days (Required Actions B.1 ). If the required actions cannot be met (Condition F), be in Mode 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> and Mode 4 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> (Required Actions F1 and F.2, respectively.)
Modification for End State Required Actions: Added a new Condition D (and Required Action 0.1) and applied the condition to Conditions Band C. Renumbered current Conditions D thru G and associated Required Actions and Completion Times to Conditions E thru H with renumbered Required Actions and Completion Times with no proposed changes.
Assessment: The BWROG has determined that the specific failure conditions of interest are not risk significant in BWR PRAs. With one or two drywell post-LOCA vacuum relief subsystems inoperable or one drywell purge vacuum relief subsystem inoperable, for reasons other than not being closed, the remaining operable vacuum relief subsystems are adequate to perform the depressurization mitigation function. By remaining in Mode 3, HPCS, RCIC, and the power conversion system (condensate/feedwater) remain available for water makeup and decay heat
removal. Additionally, the EOPs direct the operators to take control of the depressurization function if low pressure injection/spray is needed for RCS makeup and cooling. Therefore, defense-in-depth is improved with respect to water makeup and decay heat removal by remaining in Mode 3. Since the time spent in Mode 3 to perform the repair is infrequent and limited, and in light of defense-in-depth considerations, the proposed change is acceptable.
3.4.11 LCO 3.7.1: Standby Service Water (SSW) System and Ultimate Heat Sink (UHS)
The SSW system (in conjunction with the UHS) is designed to provide cooling water for the removal of heat from certain safe shutdown-related equipment heat exchangers following a OBA or transient.
LCO: Division 1 and 2 SSW subsystems and the UHS shall be OPERABLE.
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If one UHS cooling tower with one UHS cooling tower fan is inoperable, the cooling tower fan(s) must be restored to operable status within 7 days (Required Action A.1). Similarly, Conditions A through D concern inoperability of SSW and UHS equipment as specified in the LCO. Condition E requires that if the required action(s) and associated completion time(s) cannot be met, the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> (Required Action E.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> (Required Action E.2).
Modification for End State Required Actions: Regarding proposed modification for end-state changes to LCO 3. 7 .1, Optional Change No. 2 in the licensee's application dated November 8, 2013, states, Changes to GGNS TS 3.7.1 are needed to incorporate TSTF-423 line item TS 3. 7 .1. These changes are consistent with TSTF-423 but require modification to the standard.
The proposed TS for GGNS will separate the shutdown actions into one addressing issues with a single division (revised action E), and one addressing issues with two divisions now designated as new action F (original action E).
This allows the single division action to halt at Mode 3 while the remainder of the issues are addressed by the new action (action F), which includes Mode 4 as an end state. The description of changes to the TS are as follows:
Revised CONDITION E of TSTF-423 TS 3.7.1 includes conditions which address a single division of Standby Service Water I Ultimate Heat Sink (SSW/UHS) with actions of 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> or longer applicable. To align the GGNS actions with the scope of the TSTF, GGNS CONDITION F is added to address both SSW subsystems being inoperable. Existing GGNS CONDITION D ensures alignment with the TSTF-423 TS 3.7.1 CONDITION B.
Revised CONDITION E is for one division of SSW/UHS inoperable, with GGNS items A, C, or D not met. This is consistent with TSTF revised CONDITION C.
CONDITION F (portion of former CONDITON E re-lettered) is revised to address conditions for both divisions of SSW/UHS inoperable. This is consistent with
TSTF-423 TS 3.7.1 revised CONDITION E. The following will also be addressed by this CONDITION:
- Two UHS cooling towers with one or more cooling tower fans inoperable.
- UHS basin inoperable for reasons other than CONDITION C.
Assessment: The BWROG performed a comparative PRA evaluation (Reference 4) of the core damage risks when operating in the current end state versus the proposed Mode 3 end state.
The results indicated that the core damage risks while operating in Mode 3 (assuming the individual failure conditions) are lower or comparable to the current end state. By remaining in Mode 3, HPCS, RCIC, and the power conversion system (condensate/feedwater) remain available for water makeup and decay heat removal. Additionally, the EOPs direct the operators to take control of the depressurization function if low-pressure injection/spray is needed for RCS makeup and cooling. Therefore, the NRC staff concludes that the change is acceptable because defense-in-depth is improved with respect to water makeup and decay heat removal by remaining in Mode 3, and the required safety function can still be performed with the RHRSW subsystem components that are still operable.
3.4.12 LCO 3.7.3: Control Room Fresh Air (CRFA) System The CRFA system provides a radiologically controlled environment from which the unit can be safely operated following a DBA. The CRFA system consists of two independent and redundant high-efficiency air filtration subsystems for treatment of recirculated air or outside supply air.
Each subsystem consists of a demister, an electric heater, a prefilter, a high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter, an activated charcoal adsorber section, a second HEPA filter, a fan, and the associated ductwork and dampers. Demisters remove water droplets from the airstream. Prefilters and HEPA filters remove particulate matter that may be radioactive. The charcoal adsorbers provide a holdup period for gaseous iodine, allowing time for decay.
LCO: Two CRFA subsystems shall be OPERABLE.
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If one CRFA subsystem is inoperable, it must be restored to operable status within 7 days (Required Action A.1 ). If one or more CRFA subsystems are inoperable due to inoperable control room boundary in MODE 1, 2, or 3, Initiate action to implement mitigating actions immediately (Required Action B.1 ), and the control room boundary must be restored to operable status within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> (Required Action B.2), and Restore CRE boundary to OPERABLE status within 90 days (Required Action B.3). If the CRFA subsystems cannot be restored to operable status within the allotted time, the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> (Required Action C.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> (Required Action C.2). If two CRFA subsystems or a non-redundant component or portion of the CRFA System is inoperable in Mode 1, 2, or 3, for reasons other than Condition B, LCO 3.0.3 must be entered immediately (Required Action E.1 ).
Modification for End State Required Actions: Delete Required Action C.2, and changd Required Action E.1 to "Be in Mode 3," with a Completion Time of "12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />." Required ACTION F.1 currently states, "Initiate action to suspend OPDRVs" [Operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel]. The licensee is proposing a change to Required Action F.1 by adding a NOTE, "LCO 3.0. Operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel 3 does not apply."
The NOTE which is not a part of the TSTF-423 changes is justified in the assessment section below.
Optional Change No. 3 in the licensee's application dated November 8, 2013, states, in part, GGNS TS 3.7.3 Surveillance Requirement (SR) 3.7.3.3 frequency is changed from 18 to 24 months as GGNS has made application to transition from an 18 to a 24-month fuel cycle per "Grand Gulf License Amendment Request to Revise Technical Specifications and Surveillance Requirements to Support Operations with a 24-month fuel Cycle in Accordance with Generic Letter 91-04" (TAC ME9763, Accession No. ML12289A158).
The 24-Month fuel Cycle application was approved by Amendment No. 197 dated on December 26, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13343A109). The NRC staff concludes that the licensee's additional information in Optional Change No. 3 did not affect the licensee's adoption of TSTF-423 changes for GGNS TS 3.7.3.
Assessment: The unavailability of one or both CRFA subsystems has no significant impact on CDF or LERF, irrespective of the mode of operation at the time of the accident. Furthermore, the challenge frequency of the CRFA system (i.e., the frequency with which the system is expected to be challenged to provide a radiologically controlled environment in the main control room following a OBA that leads to core damage and leaks of radiation from the containment that can reach the control room) is less than 1.0E-6/yr. Consequently, the conditional probability that this system will be challenged during the repair time interval while the plant is at either the current or the proposed end state (i.e., Mode 4 or Mode 3, respectively) is less than 1.0E-8. This probability is considerably smaller than probabilities considered negligible in RG 1.177 for much higher consequence risks, such as large early release.
Section 5.1 of the NRC staff's September 27, 2002, SE of TR NEDC-32988-A (Reference 13) summarizes the staff's risk basis for approval of TS 4.5.1.16, and LCO 3.7.4, "Main Control Room Environmental Control (MCREC) System" (MCREC is similar to the GGNS CRFA system). The basis for staying in Mode 3 instead of going to Mode 4 to repair the MCREC system (one or both trains) is also supported by defense-in-depth considerations. Section 5.2 of the staff's SE of the TR (Reference 13) makes a comparison between the Mode 3 and the Mode 4 end state with respect to the means available to perform critical functions (i.e., functions contributing to the defense-in-depth philosophy) whose success is needed to prevent core damage and containment failure, and to mitigate radiation releases. The risk and defense-in-depth arguments, used according to the integrated decision-making process of RGs 1.174 and 1.177, support the conclusion that Mode 3 is as safe as Mode 4, for repairing an inoperable MCREC or CRFA system. Therefore, the NRC staff concludes that the change is acceptable.
As stated above, the licensee is proposing a change to Required Action F.1 by adding a NOTE, "LCO 3.0.3 does not apply." The NOTE is not a part of the TSTF-423 changes. Condition F states, "Two CRFA subsystems inoperable during OPDRVs OR One or more CRFA subsystems inoperable due to inoperable CRE boundary during OPDRVs." GGNS TS LCO 3.0.3 states, "When an LCO is not met, ...... the unit shall be placed in a MODE or other specified condition in which the LCO is not applicable." The LCO applies to operating Modes 2(Startup), 3(Hot Shutdown), and 4 (Cold shutdown). OPDRV occurs only in plant
Modes 4 and 5 (Refueling). Hence, addition of the NOTE is justified which is also consistent with NUREG-1434, Revision 4.
3.4.13 LCO 3. 7.4: Control Room Air Conditioning (AC) System The control room air conditioning system provides temperature control for the control room following control room isolation during accident conditions.
LCO: Two control room air conditioning subsystems shall be OPERABLE.
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If one control room air conditioning subsystem is inoperable, it must be restored to operable status within 30 days (Required Action A.1 ). If two control room air conditioning subsystems are inoperable, verify control room area temperature s; 90°F once per 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> and restore one control room air conditioning subsystem to operable status within 7 days (Required Actions B.1 and B.2). If the required actions and associated completion times cannot be met (Condition C), the plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> (Required Action C.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> (Required Action C.2).
Modification for End State Required Actions: Required Action C.2 is deleted, allowing the plant to stay in Mode 3 while completing repairs.
Assessment: The unavailability of one or both air conditioning subsystems has no significant impact on CDF or LERF, independent of the mode of operation at the time of the accident.
Furthermore, the challenge frequency of the air conditioning system (i.e., the frequency with which the system is expected to be challenged to provide temperature control for the control room following control room isolation following a OBA that leads to core damage) is less than 1.0E-6/yr. Consequently, the conditional probability that this system will be challenged during the repair time interval while the plant is at either the current or the proposed end state (i.e.,
Mode 4 or Mode 3, respectively) is less than 1.0E-8. This probability is considerably smaller than probabilities considered "negligible" in RG 1.177 for much higher consequence risks, such as large early release.
Section 5.1 of the NRC staff's September 27, 2002, SE of TR NEDC-32988-A (Reference 13) summarizes the staff's risk basis for approval of TS 4.5.2.15 and LCO 3.7.4, "Control Room Air Conditioning (CRAC) System." (Per the licensee's application, CRAC is similar to the GGNS TS Control Room AC System.) The basis for staying in Mode 3 instead of going to Mode 4 to repair the CRAC system (one or both trains) is supported by defense in-depth considerations.
Section 5.2 of the staff's SE (Reference 13) makes a comparison between the Mode 3 and the Mode 4 end states, with respect to the means available to perform critical functions (i.e.,
functions contributing to the defense-in-depth philosophy) whose success is needed to prevent core damage and containment failure, and to mitigate radiation releases. The risk and defense in depth arguments, used according to the "integrated decision-making" process of RGs 1.174 and 1.177, support the conclusion that Mode 3 is as safe as Mode 4 for repairing an inoperable control room air conditioning system. Therefore, the NRC staff concludes that the change is acceptable.
3.4.14 LCO 3.7.5: Main Condenser Offgas (MCOG)
The offgas from the main condenser normally includes radioactive gases. The gross gamma activity rate is controlled to ensure that accident analysis assumptions are satisfied and that offsite dose limits will not be exceeded during postulated accidents. The MCOG gross gamma activity rate is an initial condition of a DBA that assumes a gross failure of the MCOG system pressure boundary.
LCO: The gross gamma activity rate of the noble gases measured prior to the holdup pipe shall bes 380 mCi [microcuries] /second after decay of 30 minutes.
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: If the gross radioactivity rate of the noble gases is not within limits (Condition A), the radioactivity rate of the noble gases must be restored to within limits within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> (Required Action A.1 ). If the Required Action and associated Completion Time cannot be met (Condition B), one of the following must occur:
The steam jet air ejector (SJAE) must be Isolated within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> (Required Action B.1 ),
or The plant must be placed in Mode 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> (Required Action B.2.1) and in Mode 4 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> (Required Action 8.2.2).
Modification for End State Required Actions: Required Action B.2.2 is deleted, allowing the plant to stay in Mode 3 while completing repairs.
Assessment: The failure to maintain the gross gamma activity rate of the noble gases in the MCOG within limits has no significant impact on CDF or LERF, independent of the mode of operation at the time of the accident. Furthermore, the challenge frequency of the MCOG system (i.e., the frequency with which the system is expected to be challenged to mitigate offsite radiation releases following a DBA) is less than 1.0E-6/yr. Consequently, the conditional probability that this system will be challenged during the repair time interval while the plant is at either the current or the proposed end state (i.e., Mode 4 or Mode 3, respectively) is less than 1.0E-8. This probability is considerably smaller than probabilities considered "negligible" in RG 1.177 for much higher consequence risks, such as large early release.
Section 5.1 of the NRC staff's September 27, 2002, SE of TR NEDC-32988-A (Reference 13) summarizes the staff's risk basis for approval of TR Section 4.5.1.18 and LCO 3.7.6 (equivalent to GGNS TS LCO 3.7.5) "Main Condenser Offgas." Staying in Mode 3 instead of going to Mode 4 to repair the MCOG system (one or both trains) is supported by defense-in-depth considerations. Section 5.2 of the staff's SE (Reference 13) makes a comparison between the Mode 3 and the Mode 4 end states, with respect to the means available to perform critical functions (i.e., functions contributing to the defense-in-depth philosophy) whose success is needed to prevent core damage and containment failure, and to mitigate radiation releases.
The risk and defense-in-depth arguments, used according to the "integrated decision-making" process of RGs 1.174 and 1.177, support the conclusion that Mode 3 is as safe as Mode 4 for repairing an inoperable MCOG system. Therefore, the NRC staff concludes that the change is acceptable.
3.4.15 LCO 3.8.1: AC Sources - Operating The unit Class 1E alternating current (AC) Electrical Power Distribution System AC sources consist of the offsite power sources and the on site standby power sources (diesel generators (DGs) 11, 12, and 13). The Class 1E AC distribution system supplies electrical power to three divisional load groups, with each division powered by an independent Class 1E 4.16 kilo Volt (kV) engineered safety feature (ESF) bus. Each ESF bus has two separate and independent offsite sources of power. Each ESF bus has a dedicated onsite DG. The ESF systems of any two of the three divisions provide for the minimum safety functions necessary to shut down the unit and maintain it in a safe shutdown condition.
Offsite power is supplied to the switchyard from the transmission network. From the switchyard two electrically and physically separated circuits provide AC power to each 4.16 kV ESF bus.
The offsite AC electrical power sources are designed and located so as to minimize to the extent practical the likelihood of their simultaneous failure under operating and postulated accident and environmental conditions.
LCO: The following AC electrical power sources shall be OPERABLE:
- a. Two qualified circuits between the offsite transmission network and the onsite Class 1E AC Electric Power Distribution System; and
- b. Three independent emergency diesel generators (EDGs).
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: The plant operators must bring the plant to Mode 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> (Required Action G.1) and Mode 4 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> (Required Action G.2) following the sustained inoperability of either or both required offsite circuits; one or two required EDGs; or one required offsite circuit and one or two required EDGs.
Modification for End State Required Actions: Required Action G.2 is deleted, allowing the plant to stay in Mode 3 while completing repairs. The plant will remain in Mode 3 (hot shutdown)
(Required Action G.1 ).
Assessment: Entry into any of the conditions for the AC power sources implies that the AC power sources have been degraded and the single-failure protection for the safe shutdown equipment may be ineffective. Consequently, as specified in TS 3.8.1 at present, the plant operators must bring the plant to Mode 4 when the required action is not completed by the specified time for the associated action.
In NEDC-32988-A, Revision 2 (Reference 4), the BWROG performed a comparative PRA evaluation of the core damage risks of operation in the current end state and in the Mode 3 end state. Events initiated by the loss-of-offsite power are dominant contributors to CDF in most BWR PRAs, and the high-pressure core cooling systems (RCIC and HPCS) play a major role in mitigating these events. The conclusion described in the NRC staff's September 27, 2002, SE of TR NEDC 32988 A (Reference 13) on BWROG's PRA evaluation, indicates that the core damage risks are lower in Mode 3 than in Mode 4 for inoperable AC power sources. Going to Mode 4 for one inoperable AC power source would cause loss of high-pressure RCIC system and loss of the power conversion system (condenser/feedwater), and would require activating
the RHR system. In addition, plant EOPs direct the operator to take control of the depressurization function if low-pressure injection/spray systems are needed for RPV water makeup and cooling.
Based on the low probability of loss of the AC power and the number of systems available in Mode 3, the NRC staff concludes that the risks of staying in Mode 3 are lower than going to the Mode 4 end state; therefore, the NRC staff concludes that the change is acceptable.
3.4.16 LCO 3.8.4: Direct Current (DC) Sources - Operating The station DC electrical power system provides the AC emergency power system with control power. It also provides both motive and control power to selected safety-related equipment.
The DC electrical power system is designed to have sufficient independence, redundancy, and testability to perform its safety functions, assuming a single failure. The 125 Volts direct current (VDC) electrical power system consists of three independent Class 1E DC electrical power subsystems, Divisions 1, 2, and 3. Each subsystem consists of a battery, associated battery charger(s), and all the associated control equipment and interconnecting cabling.
LCO: For Modes 1, 2, and 3, the Division 1, Division 2, and Division 3 DC electrical power subsystems shall be OPERABLE.
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: The plant operators must bring the plant to Mode 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> (Required Action -E.1) and Mode 4 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> (Required Action E.2), if Required Actions and Associated Completion Time not met.
Modification for End State Required Actions: Optional Change No. 6 in the licensee's application dated November 8, 2013, explains the proposed change as follows, Changes to GGNS TS 3.8.4 are needed to incorporate TSTF-423 line item TS 3.8.4. These changes are consistent with TSTF-423, but require modification to the standard. CONDITION D of TS 3.8.4 addresses High Pressure Core Spray System inoperability if Division 3 Direct Current (DC) electrical power subsystem is inoperable. GGNS CONDITION D is revised to add the MODE 3 End State allowance in accordance with TSTF-423 and re-lettered as CONDITION E. As a result, current CONDITION E is re-lettered as CONDITION F and modified to address only the Division 3 DC electrical power subsystem. The GGNS revision is consistent with TSTF-423 TS 3.8.4 CONDITION B and CONDITION D.
Assessment: If one of the DC electrical power subsystems is inoperable, the remaining DC electrical power subsystems have the capacity to support a safe shutdown and to mitigate an accident condition. In NEDC-32988-A, Revision 2 (Reference 4), the BWROG performed a comparative PRA evaluation of the core damage risks of operation in the current end state and in the Mode 3 end state, with one DC system inoperable. Events initiated by the loss-of-offsite power are dominant contributors to CDF in most BWR PRAs, and the high-pressure core cooling systems, RCIC and HPCS, play a major role in mitigating these events. The NRC staff's conclusion, as described in the NRC's September 27, 2012, SE for TR NEDC 32988 A (Reference 13) on BWROG's PRA evaluation, indicates that the core damage risks are lower in Mode 3 than in Mode 4. Going to Mode 4 for one inoperable DC power source would cause
loss of the RCIC system, and loss of the power conversion system (condenser/feedwater), and would require activating the RHR system. In addition, plant EOPs direct the operator to take control of the depressurization function if low-pressure injection/spray systems are needed for RPV water makeup and cooling.
Based on the low probability of loss of the DC power and the number of systems available in Mode 3, the NRC staff concludes in the SE for the BWR topical report that the risk of staying in Mode 3 are approximately the same or in some cases lower than the risk of going to the Mode 4 end state; therefore, the NRC staff concludes that the change is acceptable.
3.4.17 LCO 3.8. 7: Inverters-Operating The licensee's application date November 8, 2013, states, in part, that "[t]he change to TS 3.8. 7
'Inverters - Operating' is not being requested due to GGNS current specifications not containing an equivalent section 3.8.7."
3.4.18 LCO 3.8. 7: Distribution Systems - Operating Per GGNS TS, the onsite Class 1E AC and DC electrical power distribution systems are divided by division into three independent AC and DC electrical power distribution subsystems.
The primary AC distribution system consists of each 4.16 kV ESF bus that has at least one separate and independent offsite source of power, as well as a dedicated onsite DG source.
The secondary plant AC distribution system includes 480 Volt (V) ESF load centers and associated loads, motor control centers, and transformers. In addition, GGNS has three independent 125 voe electrical power distribution subsystems.
LCO: For Modes 1, 2, and 3, Division 1, Division 2, and Division 3 AC and DC, electrical power distribution subsystems shall be OPERABLE.
Condition Requiring Entry into End State: The plant operators must bring the plant to Mode 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> and Mode 4 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> (Condition C) following the sustained inoperability of one or more Division 1 or 2 AC (Condition A) or AC vital bus distribution (Condition B) or DC electrical power distribution subsystems for a period of 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> (each for Condition A) and 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> (Condition C), and 16 hours1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br /> (for Condition A or B), respectively, from initial discovery of failure to meet the LCO.
Modification for End State Required Actions: Required Action C.2 is deleted allowing the plant to stay in Mode 3 while completing repairs.
Optional Change No. 7 in the licensee's application dated November 8, 2013, states, Changes to GGNS TS 3.8.7, "Distribution Systems - Operating," are needed to incorporate TSTF-423 line item TS 3.8.9. These changes are consistent with TSTF-423, but require modification to the standard. GGNS CONDITION C is revised to incorporate the TSTF-423 End State allowance. This is consistent with TSTF-423 TS 3.8.9 CONDITION D. Note: TS 3.8.9 Distribution Systems -
Operating is designated as TS 3.8.7 Distribution Systems - Operating in the Grand Gulf Technical Specifications.
Assessment: If one of the AC/DC/AC vital subsystems is inoperable, the remaining AC/DC/AC vital subsystems have the capacity to support a safe shutdown and to mitigate an accident condition. In NEDC-32988-A, Revision 2 (Reference 4), the BWROG did a comparative PRA evaluation of the core damage risks of operation in the current end state and in the proposed Mode 3 end state. Events initiated by the loss-of-offsite power are dominant contributors to CDF in most BWR PRAs, and the steam-driven core-cooling systems isolation condenser (IC),
RCIC and HPCS play a major role in mitigating these events. The evaluation indicates that the core damage risks are lower in Mode 3 than in Mode 4. Going to Mode 4 for one inoperable AC/DC vital power source would cause loss of the high-pressure steam-driven injection system (RCIC and HPCS), and loss of the power conversion system (condenser/feedwater), and require activating the RHR system. In addition, the EOPs direct the operator to take control of the depressurization function if low-pressure injection/spray systems are needed for RPV water makeup and cooling.
Based on the low probability of loss of the AC/DC/AC vital electrical subsystems during the infrequent and limited time in Mode 3 and the number of systems available in Mode 3, the NRC staff concludes that the risks of staying in Mode 3 are approximately the same as and, in some cases, lower than the risks of going to the Mode 4 end state; therefore, the NRC staff concludes that the change is acceptable.
3.5 Regulatory Commitments In its letter dated November 8, 2013, the licensee made the following regulatory commitments:
- Entergy will follow the guidance established in TSTF-IG-05-02 "Implementation Guidance for TSTF-423, Revision 2, Technical Specification End States, NEDC-32988-A" with one exception. The following statement on page 2 does not apply:
"If Primary Containment is not operable, Secondary Containment and Standby Gas Treatment must be verified operable in order to remain in Mode 3."
In its letter dated November 19, 2014, the made the following regulatory commitment:
- Entergy is committed to guidance contained in NUMARC 93-01, which provides guidance and details on the assessment and management of risk during maintenance.
The NRC staff has determined that the actions above, proposed as regulatory commitments, are required for the implementation of TSTF-423, and are part of the basis for NRC staff approval of this license amendment. In its November 13, 2014, letter, the licensee made the following regulatory commitment:
- Commitments made as required by standard TSTF safety evaluation, as discussed in the notice of availability, will be maintained as described in UFSAR Section 16, Technical Specifications.
which adds these commitments to the GGNS UFSAR upon implementation of the amendment but will not be reflected in the UFSAR until the next periodic update. License Condition 2.C.(47) requiring the licensee to add these commitments to the UFSAR is described on the amendment issuance authority page. Any future changes to these actions would require application of the criteria defined in 10 CFR 50.59. In the letters dated November 13 and November 19, 2014, Entergy confirmed that it is committed to and its procedures meets the guidelines of the current NUMARC 93-01, Revision 4A, for Maintenance Rule risk assessments.
3.6 TS Bases Changes In Attachment 4 to the LAR, the licensee identified changes to the TS Bases for the proposed amendment. In identifying changes to the TS Bases, the licensee is not requesting that the NRC approve these changes to the TS Bases. The identified changes to the TS Bases come under TS 5.5.11, "Technical Specifications (TS) Bases Control Program," which states, in part, that:
Licensees may make changes to Bases without prior NRC approval provided the changes do not require either of the following:
- 1. A change in the TS incorporated in the license; or
- 2. A change to the updated FSAR [Final Safety Analysis Report] or Bases that requires approval pursuant to 10 CFR 50.59.
3.7 Summary Based upon the above assessments, and because the time spent in Mode 3 to perform the repair on any of the systems described above would be infrequent and limited, and in light of the defense-in-depth considerations (discussed above and in TR NEDC 32988 A, Revision 2 (Reference 4), and as evaluated by the NRC staff's associated SE dated September 27, 2002 (Reference 13), the NRC staff concludes that the proposed changes to the GGNS TS, described above, are acceptable. New license Condition 2.C.(47) regarding the commitments required by the TSTF safety evaluations will be added to the license, as addressed above.
4.0 STATE CONSULTATION
In accordance with the Commission's regulations, the Mississippi State official was notified of the proposed issuance of the amendment. The State official had no comments.
5.0 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATION
The amendment changes a requirement with respect to the installation or use of a facility component located within the restricted area, as defined in 10 CFR Part 20. The NRC staff has determined that the amendment involves no significant increase in the amounts, and no
significant change in the types, of any effluents that may be released offsite, and that there is no significant increase in individual or cumulative occupational radiation exposure. The Commission has previously issued a proposed finding that the amendment involves no significant hazards consideration, and there has been no public comment on such finding published in the Federal Register on March 4, 2014 (79 FR 12245). Accordingly, the amendments meet the eligibility criteria for categorical exclusion set forth in 10 CFR 51.22(c)(9).
Pursuant to 10 CFR 51.22(b), no environmental impact statement or environmental assessment need be prepared in connection with the issuance of the amendment.
6.0 CONCLUSION
The Commission has concluded, based on the considerations discussed above, that: (1) there is reasonable assurance that the health and safety of the public will not be endangered by operation in the proposed manner, (2) there is reasonable assurance that such activities will be conducted in compliance with the Commission's regulations, and (3) the issuance of the amendments will not be inimical to the common defense and security or to the health and safety of the public.
7.0 REFERENCES
- 1. Mulligan, K. J., Entergy Operations, Inc., letter to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "License Amendment Request - Application for Technical Specification Changes; Technical Specification Task Force (TSTF) Improved Standard Technical Specification Change Traveler, TSTF-423, 'Technical Specifications End States,'" dated November 8, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML133168024).
- 2. Nadeau, J., Entergy Operations, Inc., letter to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "Request for Additional Information Regarding Request for Adoption of TSTF-423, Revision 1, Change in Technical Specification End States (CE-NPSD-1186)," dated September 29, 2014 (ADAMS Accession No. ML14274A170).
- 3. Technical Specifications Task Force, letter to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "Transmittal of Revised Risk-Informed End State Travelers," dated December 22, 2009 (ADAMS Accession No. ML093570241 ); includes TSTF-423, Revision 1, "Technical Specifications End States, NEDC-32988-A."
- 4. BWR Owners Group, NEDC-32988-A, Revision 2, Technical Justification to Support Risk-Informed Modification to Selected Required Action End States for BWR Plants,"
December 2002 (ADAMS Accession No. ML030170084).
- 5. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, NUREG-1433, Revision 4, "Standard Technical Specifications - General Electric Plants (BWR/4)," April 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML12104A192).
- 6. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, NUREG-1434, Revision 4, "Standard Technical Specifications - General Electric Plants (BWR/6)," April 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML12104A195).
- 7. Federal Register, Vol. 58, No. 139, p. 39136, "Final Policy Statement on Technical Specifications Improvements for Nuclear Power Plants," dated July 22, 1993.
- 8. Title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Section 50.65, "Requirements for monitoring the effectiveness of maintenance at nuclear power plants."
- 9. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Regulatory Guide 1.182, "Assessing and Managing Risk Before Maintenance Activities at Nuclear Power Plants," May 2000 (ADAMS Accession No. ML003699426).
- 10. Nuclear Management and Resource Council, NUMARC 93-01, Revision 3, "Industry Guideline for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants,"
July 2000 (ADAMS Accession No. ML031500684).
- 11. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Regulatory Guide 1.160, Revision 3, "Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants," May 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML113610098).
- 12. Nuclear Management and Resource Council, NUMARC 93-01, Revision 4A, "Industry Guideline for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants,
April 2011 (ADAMS Accession No. ML11116A198).
- 13. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, NRC Safety Evaluation for Topical Report NEDC-32988, Revision 2, dated September 27, 2002 (ADAMS Accession No. ML022700603).
- 14. BWR Owners Group, TSTF-IG-05-02, Implementation Guidance for TSTF-423, Revision 0, "Technical Specifications End States, NEDC-32988-A, September 2005 (ADAMS Accession No. ML052700156).
- 15. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Regulatory Guide 1.174, "An Approach for Using Probabilistic Risk Assessment in Risk-Informed Decisions on Plant Specific Changes to the Licensing Basis," August 1998 (ADAMS Accession No. ML003740133).
- 16. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Regulatory Guide 1.177, "An Approach for Plant Specific Risk-Informed Decisionmaking: Technical Specifications, August 1998 (ADAMS Accession No. ML003740176).
- 17. Mulligan, K., Entergy Operations, Inc., letter to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "Request for Additional Information Regarding Request for Adoption of TSTF-423, Revision 1, Change in Technical Specification End Sates (CE-NPSD-1186)," dated November 13, 2014 (ADAMS Accession No. ML14317A057).
- 18. Mulligan, K., Entergy Operations, Inc., letter to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "Clarification of Entergy's commitment to the guidance contained in NUMARC 93-01
'Industry Guideline for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Mainenance at Nuclear Power Plants,"' dated November 19, 2014 (ADAMS Accession No. ML14324A743).
- 19. Mulligan, K., Entergy Operations, Inc., letter to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "Transmittal of Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Unit 1, Facility Operating License Page 16f in Support of Adoption of TSTF-423," dated January 20, 2015 (ADAMS Accession No. ML15021A431).
- 20. Mulligan, K., Entergy Operations, Inc., letter to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "Response to Verbal Request for Additional Information Associated with Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Letter GNR0-2013/00065, dated January 27, 2015 (ADAMS Accession No. ML15028A523).
Principal Contributors: R. Grover A. Wang Date: April 23, 2015
A copy of our related Safety Evaluation is also enclosed. The Notice of Issuance will be included in the Commission's next biweekly Federal Register notice.
Sincerely, IRA/
Alan B. Wang, Project Manager Plant Licensing IV-2 and Decommissioning Transition Branch Division of Operating Reactor Licensing Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation Docket No. 50-416
Enclosures:
- 1. Amendment No. 201 to NPF-29
- 2. Safety Evaluation cc w/encls: Distribution via Listserv DISTRIBUTION:
PUBLIC RidsNrrDorlDpr Resource RGrover, NRR LPL4-2 r/f RidsNrrDorllpl4-2 Resource RidsNrrLAPBlechman Resource RidsAcrsAcnw_MailCTR Resource RidsNrrPMGrandGulf Resource RidsNrrDssStsb Resource RidsRgn4MailCenter Resource ADAMS A ccess1on No. ML15007A183 *b>V memo dated OFFICE NRR/DORL/LPL4-2/PM NRR/DORL/LPL4-2/LA NRR/DSS/STSB/BC*
NAME AWang PBlechman RElliott DATE 3/10/15 4-13-15 10/30/14 OFFICE OGC NLO NRR/DORL/LPL4-2/BC NRR/DORL/LPL4-2/PM NAME DRoth MKhanna AWang DATE 3/27/15 4-20-15 4/23/15 OFFICIAL RECORD COPY